blob: f905eaf6718bf0fe6abbf80e8d512d739ad09991 [file] [log] [blame]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001/* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
2 *
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
4 *
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
8 */
9
10/*
11 * Porting to GTK+ was done by:
12 *
Bram Moolenaar0a56cb82005-01-04 21:45:14 +000013 * (C) 1998,1999,2000 by Marcin Dalecki <martin@dalecki.de>
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000014 *
15 * With GREAT support and continuous encouragements by Andy Kahn and of
16 * course Bram Moolenaar!
17 *
18 * Support for GTK+ 2 was added by:
19 *
20 * (C) 2002,2003 Jason Hildebrand <jason@peaceworks.ca>
21 * Daniel Elstner <daniel.elstner@gmx.net>
22 */
23
24#include "vim.h"
Bram Moolenaarc93e7912008-07-08 10:46:08 +000025
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000026#ifdef FEAT_GUI_GNOME
27/* Gnome redefines _() and N_(). Grrr... */
28# ifdef _
29# undef _
30# endif
31# ifdef N_
32# undef N_
33# endif
34# ifdef textdomain
35# undef textdomain
36# endif
37# ifdef bindtextdomain
38# undef bindtextdomain
39# endif
Bram Moolenaara2dd9002007-05-14 17:38:30 +000040# ifdef bind_textdomain_codeset
41# undef bind_textdomain_codeset
Bram Moolenaar49325942007-05-10 19:19:59 +000042# endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000043# if defined(FEAT_GETTEXT) && !defined(ENABLE_NLS)
44# define ENABLE_NLS /* so the texts in the dialog boxes are translated */
45# endif
46# include <gnome.h>
47# include "version.h"
Bram Moolenaardb552d602006-03-23 22:59:57 +000048# ifdef HAVE_GTK2
49/* missing prototype in bonobo-dock-item.h */
50extern void bonobo_dock_item_set_behavior(BonoboDockItem *dock_item, BonoboDockItemBehavior beh);
51# endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000052#endif
53
54#if !defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) && defined(PROTO)
55/* When generating prototypes we don't want syntax errors. */
56# define GdkAtom int
57# define GdkEventExpose int
58# define GdkEventFocus int
59# define GdkEventVisibility int
60# define GdkEventProperty int
61# define GtkContainer int
62# define GtkTargetEntry int
63# define GtkType int
64# define GtkWidget int
65# define gint int
66# define gpointer int
67# define guint int
68# define GdkEventKey int
69# define GdkEventSelection int
70# define GtkSelectionData int
71# define GdkEventMotion int
72# define GdkEventButton int
73# define GdkDragContext int
74# define GdkEventConfigure int
75# define GdkEventClient int
76#else
77# include <gdk/gdkkeysyms.h>
78# include <gdk/gdk.h>
79# ifdef WIN3264
80# include <gdk/gdkwin32.h>
81# else
82# include <gdk/gdkx.h>
83# endif
84
85# include <gtk/gtk.h>
86# include "gui_gtk_f.h"
87#endif
88
89#ifdef HAVE_X11_SUNKEYSYM_H
90# include <X11/Sunkeysym.h>
91#endif
92
93/*
94 * Easy-to-use macro for multihead support.
95 */
96#ifdef HAVE_GTK_MULTIHEAD
97# define GET_X_ATOM(atom) gdk_x11_atom_to_xatom_for_display( \
98 gtk_widget_get_display(gui.mainwin), atom)
99#else
100# define GET_X_ATOM(atom) ((Atom)(atom))
101#endif
102
103/* Selection type distinguishers */
104enum
105{
106 TARGET_TYPE_NONE,
107 TARGET_UTF8_STRING,
108 TARGET_STRING,
109 TARGET_COMPOUND_TEXT,
Bram Moolenaar3a6eaa52009-06-16 13:23:06 +0000110 TARGET_HTML,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000111 TARGET_TEXT,
112 TARGET_TEXT_URI_LIST,
113 TARGET_TEXT_PLAIN,
114 TARGET_VIM,
115 TARGET_VIMENC
116};
117
118/*
119 * Table of selection targets supported by Vim.
120 * Note: Order matters, preferred types should come first.
121 */
122static const GtkTargetEntry selection_targets[] =
123{
124 {VIMENC_ATOM_NAME, 0, TARGET_VIMENC},
125 {VIM_ATOM_NAME, 0, TARGET_VIM},
126#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar3a6eaa52009-06-16 13:23:06 +0000127 {"text/html", 0, TARGET_HTML},
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000128 {"UTF8_STRING", 0, TARGET_UTF8_STRING},
129#endif
130 {"COMPOUND_TEXT", 0, TARGET_COMPOUND_TEXT},
131 {"TEXT", 0, TARGET_TEXT},
132 {"STRING", 0, TARGET_STRING}
133};
134#define N_SELECTION_TARGETS (sizeof(selection_targets) / sizeof(selection_targets[0]))
135
136#ifdef FEAT_DND
137/*
138 * Table of DnD targets supported by Vim.
139 * Note: Order matters, preferred types should come first.
140 */
141static const GtkTargetEntry dnd_targets[] =
142{
143 {"text/uri-list", 0, TARGET_TEXT_URI_LIST},
144# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar3a6eaa52009-06-16 13:23:06 +0000145 {"text/html", 0, TARGET_HTML},
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000146 {"UTF8_STRING", 0, TARGET_UTF8_STRING},
147# endif
148 {"STRING", 0, TARGET_STRING},
149 {"text/plain", 0, TARGET_TEXT_PLAIN}
150};
151# define N_DND_TARGETS (sizeof(dnd_targets) / sizeof(dnd_targets[0]))
152#endif
153
154
155#ifdef HAVE_GTK2
156/*
157 * "Monospace" is a standard font alias that should be present
158 * on all proper Pango/fontconfig installations.
159 */
160# define DEFAULT_FONT "Monospace 10"
161
162#else /* !HAVE_GTK2 */
163/*
164 * This is the single only fixed width font in X11, which seems to be present
165 * on all servers and available in all the variants we need.
166 */
167# define DEFAULT_FONT "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal-*-14-*-*-*-m-*-*-*"
168
169#endif /* !HAVE_GTK2 */
170
171#if !(defined(FEAT_GUI_GNOME) && defined(FEAT_SESSION))
172/*
173 * Atoms used to communicate save-yourself from the X11 session manager. There
174 * is no need to move them into the GUI struct, since they should be constant.
175 */
176static GdkAtom wm_protocols_atom = GDK_NONE;
177static GdkAtom save_yourself_atom = GDK_NONE;
178#endif
179
180/*
181 * Atoms used to control/reference X11 selections.
182 */
183#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar3a6eaa52009-06-16 13:23:06 +0000184static GdkAtom html_atom = GDK_NONE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000185static GdkAtom utf8_string_atom = GDK_NONE;
186#endif
187#ifndef HAVE_GTK2
188static GdkAtom compound_text_atom = GDK_NONE;
189static GdkAtom text_atom = GDK_NONE;
190#endif
191static GdkAtom vim_atom = GDK_NONE; /* Vim's own special selection format */
192#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
193static GdkAtom vimenc_atom = GDK_NONE; /* Vim's extended selection format */
194#endif
195
196/*
197 * Keycodes recognized by vim.
198 * NOTE: when changing this, the table in gui_x11.c probably needs the same
199 * change!
200 */
201static struct special_key
202{
203 guint key_sym;
204 char_u code0;
205 char_u code1;
206}
207const special_keys[] =
208{
209 {GDK_Up, 'k', 'u'},
210 {GDK_Down, 'k', 'd'},
211 {GDK_Left, 'k', 'l'},
212 {GDK_Right, 'k', 'r'},
213 {GDK_F1, 'k', '1'},
214 {GDK_F2, 'k', '2'},
215 {GDK_F3, 'k', '3'},
216 {GDK_F4, 'k', '4'},
217 {GDK_F5, 'k', '5'},
218 {GDK_F6, 'k', '6'},
219 {GDK_F7, 'k', '7'},
220 {GDK_F8, 'k', '8'},
221 {GDK_F9, 'k', '9'},
222 {GDK_F10, 'k', ';'},
223 {GDK_F11, 'F', '1'},
224 {GDK_F12, 'F', '2'},
225 {GDK_F13, 'F', '3'},
226 {GDK_F14, 'F', '4'},
227 {GDK_F15, 'F', '5'},
228 {GDK_F16, 'F', '6'},
229 {GDK_F17, 'F', '7'},
230 {GDK_F18, 'F', '8'},
231 {GDK_F19, 'F', '9'},
232 {GDK_F20, 'F', 'A'},
233 {GDK_F21, 'F', 'B'},
234 {GDK_Pause, 'F', 'B'}, /* Pause == F21 according to netbeans.txt */
235 {GDK_F22, 'F', 'C'},
236 {GDK_F23, 'F', 'D'},
237 {GDK_F24, 'F', 'E'},
238 {GDK_F25, 'F', 'F'},
239 {GDK_F26, 'F', 'G'},
240 {GDK_F27, 'F', 'H'},
241 {GDK_F28, 'F', 'I'},
242 {GDK_F29, 'F', 'J'},
243 {GDK_F30, 'F', 'K'},
244 {GDK_F31, 'F', 'L'},
245 {GDK_F32, 'F', 'M'},
246 {GDK_F33, 'F', 'N'},
247 {GDK_F34, 'F', 'O'},
248 {GDK_F35, 'F', 'P'},
249#ifdef SunXK_F36
250 {SunXK_F36, 'F', 'Q'},
251 {SunXK_F37, 'F', 'R'},
252#endif
253 {GDK_Help, '%', '1'},
254 {GDK_Undo, '&', '8'},
255 {GDK_BackSpace, 'k', 'b'},
256 {GDK_Insert, 'k', 'I'},
257 {GDK_Delete, 'k', 'D'},
258 {GDK_3270_BackTab, 'k', 'B'},
259 {GDK_Clear, 'k', 'C'},
260 {GDK_Home, 'k', 'h'},
261 {GDK_End, '@', '7'},
262 {GDK_Prior, 'k', 'P'},
263 {GDK_Next, 'k', 'N'},
264 {GDK_Print, '%', '9'},
265 /* Keypad keys: */
266 {GDK_KP_Left, 'k', 'l'},
267 {GDK_KP_Right, 'k', 'r'},
268 {GDK_KP_Up, 'k', 'u'},
269 {GDK_KP_Down, 'k', 'd'},
270 {GDK_KP_Insert, KS_EXTRA, (char_u)KE_KINS},
271 {GDK_KP_Delete, KS_EXTRA, (char_u)KE_KDEL},
272 {GDK_KP_Home, 'K', '1'},
273 {GDK_KP_End, 'K', '4'},
274 {GDK_KP_Prior, 'K', '3'}, /* page up */
275 {GDK_KP_Next, 'K', '5'}, /* page down */
276
277 {GDK_KP_Add, 'K', '6'},
278 {GDK_KP_Subtract, 'K', '7'},
279 {GDK_KP_Divide, 'K', '8'},
280 {GDK_KP_Multiply, 'K', '9'},
281 {GDK_KP_Enter, 'K', 'A'},
282 {GDK_KP_Decimal, 'K', 'B'},
283
284 {GDK_KP_0, 'K', 'C'},
285 {GDK_KP_1, 'K', 'D'},
286 {GDK_KP_2, 'K', 'E'},
287 {GDK_KP_3, 'K', 'F'},
288 {GDK_KP_4, 'K', 'G'},
289 {GDK_KP_5, 'K', 'H'},
290 {GDK_KP_6, 'K', 'I'},
291 {GDK_KP_7, 'K', 'J'},
292 {GDK_KP_8, 'K', 'K'},
293 {GDK_KP_9, 'K', 'L'},
294
295 /* End of list marker: */
296 {0, 0, 0}
297};
298
299/*
300 * Flags for command line options table below.
301 */
302#define ARG_FONT 1
303#define ARG_GEOMETRY 2
304#define ARG_REVERSE 3
305#define ARG_NOREVERSE 4
306#define ARG_BACKGROUND 5
307#define ARG_FOREGROUND 6
308#define ARG_ICONIC 7
309#define ARG_ROLE 8
310#define ARG_NETBEANS 9
311#define ARG_XRM 10 /* ignored */
312#define ARG_MENUFONT 11 /* ignored */
313#define ARG_INDEX_MASK 0x00ff
314#define ARG_HAS_VALUE 0x0100 /* a value is expected after the argument */
315#define ARG_NEEDS_GUI 0x0200 /* need to initialize the GUI for this */
316#define ARG_FOR_GTK 0x0400 /* argument is handled by GTK+ or GNOME */
317#define ARG_COMPAT_LONG 0x0800 /* accept -foo but substitute with --foo */
318#define ARG_KEEP 0x1000 /* don't remove argument from argv[] */
319
320/*
321 * This table holds all the X GUI command line options allowed. This includes
322 * the standard ones so that we can skip them when Vim is started without the
323 * GUI (but the GUI might start up later).
324 *
325 * When changing this, also update doc/gui_x11.txt and the usage message!!!
326 */
327typedef struct
328{
329 const char *name;
330 unsigned int flags;
331}
332cmdline_option_T;
333
334static const cmdline_option_T cmdline_options[] =
335{
336 /* We handle these options ourselves */
337 {"-fn", ARG_FONT|ARG_HAS_VALUE},
338 {"-font", ARG_FONT|ARG_HAS_VALUE},
339 {"-geom", ARG_GEOMETRY|ARG_HAS_VALUE},
340 {"-geometry", ARG_GEOMETRY|ARG_HAS_VALUE},
341 {"-rv", ARG_REVERSE},
342 {"-reverse", ARG_REVERSE},
343 {"+rv", ARG_NOREVERSE},
344 {"+reverse", ARG_NOREVERSE},
345 {"-bg", ARG_BACKGROUND|ARG_HAS_VALUE},
346 {"-background", ARG_BACKGROUND|ARG_HAS_VALUE},
347 {"-fg", ARG_FOREGROUND|ARG_HAS_VALUE},
348 {"-foreground", ARG_FOREGROUND|ARG_HAS_VALUE},
349 {"-iconic", ARG_ICONIC},
350#ifdef HAVE_GTK2
351 {"--role", ARG_ROLE|ARG_HAS_VALUE},
352#endif
353#ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
354 {"-nb", ARG_NETBEANS}, /* non-standard value format */
355 {"-xrm", ARG_XRM|ARG_HAS_VALUE}, /* not implemented */
356 {"-mf", ARG_MENUFONT|ARG_HAS_VALUE}, /* not implemented */
357 {"-menufont", ARG_MENUFONT|ARG_HAS_VALUE}, /* not implemented */
358#endif
359#if 0 /* not implemented; these arguments don't make sense for GTK+ */
360 {"-boldfont", ARG_HAS_VALUE},
361 {"-italicfont", ARG_HAS_VALUE},
362 {"-bw", ARG_HAS_VALUE},
363 {"-borderwidth", ARG_HAS_VALUE},
364 {"-sw", ARG_HAS_VALUE},
365 {"-scrollbarwidth", ARG_HAS_VALUE},
366#endif
367 /* Arguments handled by GTK (and GNOME) internally. */
368 {"--g-fatal-warnings", ARG_FOR_GTK},
369 {"--gdk-debug", ARG_FOR_GTK|ARG_HAS_VALUE},
370 {"--gdk-no-debug", ARG_FOR_GTK|ARG_HAS_VALUE},
371 {"--gtk-debug", ARG_FOR_GTK|ARG_HAS_VALUE},
372 {"--gtk-no-debug", ARG_FOR_GTK|ARG_HAS_VALUE},
373 {"--gtk-module", ARG_FOR_GTK|ARG_HAS_VALUE},
374 {"--sync", ARG_FOR_GTK},
375 {"--display", ARG_FOR_GTK|ARG_HAS_VALUE|ARG_COMPAT_LONG},
376 {"--name", ARG_FOR_GTK|ARG_HAS_VALUE|ARG_COMPAT_LONG},
377 {"--class", ARG_FOR_GTK|ARG_HAS_VALUE|ARG_COMPAT_LONG},
378#ifdef HAVE_GTK2
379 {"--screen", ARG_FOR_GTK|ARG_HAS_VALUE},
380 {"--gxid-host", ARG_FOR_GTK|ARG_HAS_VALUE},
381 {"--gxid-port", ARG_FOR_GTK|ARG_HAS_VALUE},
382#else /* these don't seem to exist anymore */
383 {"--no-xshm", ARG_FOR_GTK},
384 {"--xim-preedit", ARG_FOR_GTK|ARG_HAS_VALUE},
385 {"--xim-status", ARG_FOR_GTK|ARG_HAS_VALUE},
386 {"--gxid_host", ARG_FOR_GTK|ARG_HAS_VALUE},
387 {"--gxid_port", ARG_FOR_GTK|ARG_HAS_VALUE},
388#endif
389#ifdef FEAT_GUI_GNOME
390 {"--load-modules", ARG_FOR_GTK|ARG_HAS_VALUE},
391 {"--sm-client-id", ARG_FOR_GTK|ARG_HAS_VALUE},
392 {"--sm-config-prefix", ARG_FOR_GTK|ARG_HAS_VALUE},
393 {"--sm-disable", ARG_FOR_GTK},
394 {"--oaf-ior-fd", ARG_FOR_GTK|ARG_HAS_VALUE},
395 {"--oaf-activate-iid", ARG_FOR_GTK|ARG_HAS_VALUE},
396 {"--oaf-private", ARG_FOR_GTK},
397 {"--enable-sound", ARG_FOR_GTK},
398 {"--disable-sound", ARG_FOR_GTK},
399 {"--espeaker", ARG_FOR_GTK|ARG_HAS_VALUE},
400 {"-?", ARG_FOR_GTK|ARG_NEEDS_GUI},
401 {"--help", ARG_FOR_GTK|ARG_NEEDS_GUI|ARG_KEEP},
402 {"--usage", ARG_FOR_GTK|ARG_NEEDS_GUI},
403# if 0 /* conflicts with Vim's own --version argument */
404 {"--version", ARG_FOR_GTK|ARG_NEEDS_GUI},
405# endif
406 {"--disable-crash-dialog", ARG_FOR_GTK},
407#endif
408 {NULL, 0}
409};
410
411static int gui_argc = 0;
412static char **gui_argv = NULL;
413
414#ifdef HAVE_GTK2
415static const char *role_argument = NULL;
416#endif
417#if defined(FEAT_GUI_GNOME) && defined(FEAT_SESSION)
418static const char *restart_command = NULL;
Bram Moolenaar9085f802009-06-03 14:20:21 +0000419static char *abs_restart_command = NULL;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000420#endif
421static int found_iconic_arg = FALSE;
422
423#ifdef FEAT_GUI_GNOME
424/*
425 * Can't use Gnome if --socketid given
426 */
427static int using_gnome = 0;
428#else
429# define using_gnome 0
430#endif
431
432/*
433 * Parse the GUI related command-line arguments. Any arguments used are
434 * deleted from argv, and *argc is decremented accordingly. This is called
435 * when vim is started, whether or not the GUI has been started.
436 */
437 void
438gui_mch_prepare(int *argc, char **argv)
439{
440 const cmdline_option_T *option;
441 int i = 0;
442 int len = 0;
443
444#if defined(FEAT_GUI_GNOME) && defined(FEAT_SESSION)
445 /*
446 * Determine the command used to invoke Vim, to be passed as restart
447 * command to the session manager. If argv[0] contains any directory
448 * components try building an absolute path, otherwise leave it as is.
449 */
450 restart_command = argv[0];
451
452 if (strchr(argv[0], G_DIR_SEPARATOR) != NULL)
453 {
454 char_u buf[MAXPATHL];
455
456 if (mch_FullName((char_u *)argv[0], buf, (int)sizeof(buf), TRUE) == OK)
Bram Moolenaar9085f802009-06-03 14:20:21 +0000457 {
458 abs_restart_command = (char *)vim_strsave(buf);
459 restart_command = abs_restart_command;
460 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000461 }
462#endif
463
464 /*
465 * Move all the entries in argv which are relevant to GTK+ and GNOME
466 * into gui_argv. Freed later in gui_mch_init().
467 */
468 gui_argc = 0;
469 gui_argv = (char **)alloc((unsigned)((*argc + 1) * sizeof(char *)));
470
471 g_return_if_fail(gui_argv != NULL);
472
473 gui_argv[gui_argc++] = argv[i++];
474
475 while (i < *argc)
476 {
477 /* Don't waste CPU cycles on non-option arguments. */
478 if (argv[i][0] != '-' && argv[i][0] != '+')
479 {
480 ++i;
481 continue;
482 }
483
484 /* Look for argv[i] in cmdline_options[] table. */
485 for (option = &cmdline_options[0]; option->name != NULL; ++option)
486 {
487 len = strlen(option->name);
488
489 if (strncmp(argv[i], option->name, len) == 0)
490 {
491 if (argv[i][len] == '\0')
492 break;
493 /* allow --foo=bar style */
494 if (argv[i][len] == '=' && (option->flags & ARG_HAS_VALUE))
495 break;
496#ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
497 /* darn, -nb has non-standard syntax */
498 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)":=", argv[i][len]) != NULL
499 && (option->flags & ARG_INDEX_MASK) == ARG_NETBEANS)
500 break;
501#endif
502 }
503 else if ((option->flags & ARG_COMPAT_LONG)
504 && strcmp(argv[i], option->name + 1) == 0)
505 {
506 /* Replace the standard X arguments "-name" and "-display"
507 * with their GNU-style long option counterparts. */
508 argv[i] = (char *)option->name;
509 break;
510 }
511 }
512 if (option->name == NULL) /* no match */
513 {
514 ++i;
515 continue;
516 }
517
518 if (option->flags & ARG_FOR_GTK)
519 {
520 /* Move the argument into gui_argv, which
521 * will later be passed to gtk_init_check() */
522 gui_argv[gui_argc++] = argv[i];
523 }
524 else
525 {
526 char *value = NULL;
527
528 /* Extract the option's value if there is one.
529 * Accept both "--foo bar" and "--foo=bar" style. */
530 if (option->flags & ARG_HAS_VALUE)
531 {
532 if (argv[i][len] == '=')
533 value = &argv[i][len + 1];
534 else if (i + 1 < *argc && strcmp(argv[i + 1], "--") != 0)
535 value = argv[i + 1];
536 }
537
538 /* Check for options handled by Vim itself */
539 switch (option->flags & ARG_INDEX_MASK)
540 {
541 case ARG_REVERSE:
542 found_reverse_arg = TRUE;
543 break;
544 case ARG_NOREVERSE:
545 found_reverse_arg = FALSE;
546 break;
547 case ARG_FONT:
548 font_argument = value;
549 break;
550 case ARG_GEOMETRY:
551 if (value != NULL)
552 gui.geom = vim_strsave((char_u *)value);
553 break;
554 case ARG_BACKGROUND:
555 background_argument = value;
556 break;
557 case ARG_FOREGROUND:
558 foreground_argument = value;
559 break;
560 case ARG_ICONIC:
561 found_iconic_arg = TRUE;
562 break;
563#ifdef HAVE_GTK2
564 case ARG_ROLE:
565 role_argument = value; /* used later in gui_mch_open() */
566 break;
567#endif
568#ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
569 case ARG_NETBEANS:
570 ++usingNetbeans;
571 gui.dofork = FALSE; /* don't fork() when starting GUI */
572 netbeansArg = argv[i];
573 break;
574#endif
575 default:
576 break;
577 }
578 }
579
580 /* These arguments make gnome_program_init() print a message and exit.
581 * Must start the GUI for this, otherwise ":gui" will exit later! */
582 if (option->flags & ARG_NEEDS_GUI)
583 gui.starting = TRUE;
584
585 if (option->flags & ARG_KEEP)
586 ++i;
587 else
588 {
589 /* Remove the flag from the argument vector. */
590 if (--*argc > i)
591 {
592 int n_strip = 1;
593
594 /* Move the argument's value as well, if there is one. */
595 if ((option->flags & ARG_HAS_VALUE)
596 && argv[i][len] != '='
597 && strcmp(argv[i + 1], "--") != 0)
598 {
599 ++n_strip;
600 --*argc;
601 if (option->flags & ARG_FOR_GTK)
602 gui_argv[gui_argc++] = argv[i + 1];
603 }
604
605 if (*argc > i)
606 mch_memmove(&argv[i], &argv[i + n_strip],
607 (*argc - i) * sizeof(char *));
608 }
609 argv[*argc] = NULL;
610 }
611 }
612
613 gui_argv[gui_argc] = NULL;
614}
615
Bram Moolenaarf461c8e2005-06-25 23:04:51 +0000616#if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
617 void
618gui_mch_free_all()
619{
620 vim_free(gui_argv);
Bram Moolenaar9085f802009-06-03 14:20:21 +0000621#if defined(FEAT_GUI_GNOME) && defined(FEAT_SESSION)
622 vim_free(abs_restart_command);
623#endif
Bram Moolenaarf461c8e2005-06-25 23:04:51 +0000624}
625#endif
626
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000627/*
628 * This should be maybe completely removed.
629 * Doesn't seem possible, since check_copy_area() relies on
630 * this information. --danielk
631 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000632 static gint
Bram Moolenaarb85cb212009-05-17 14:24:23 +0000633visibility_event(GtkWidget *widget UNUSED,
634 GdkEventVisibility *event,
635 gpointer data UNUSED)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000636{
637 gui.visibility = event->state;
638 /*
639 * When we do an gdk_window_copy_area(), and the window is partially
640 * obscured, we want to receive an event to tell us whether it worked
641 * or not.
642 */
643 if (gui.text_gc != NULL)
644 gdk_gc_set_exposures(gui.text_gc,
645 gui.visibility != GDK_VISIBILITY_UNOBSCURED);
646 return FALSE;
647}
648
649/*
650 * Redraw the corresponding portions of the screen.
651 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000652 static gint
Bram Moolenaarb85cb212009-05-17 14:24:23 +0000653expose_event(GtkWidget *widget UNUSED,
654 GdkEventExpose *event,
655 gpointer data UNUSED)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000656{
657 /* Skip this when the GUI isn't set up yet, will redraw later. */
658 if (gui.starting)
659 return FALSE;
660
661 out_flush(); /* make sure all output has been processed */
662 gui_redraw(event->area.x, event->area.y,
663 event->area.width, event->area.height);
664
665 /* Clear the border areas if needed */
666 if (event->area.x < FILL_X(0))
667 gdk_window_clear_area(gui.drawarea->window, 0, 0, FILL_X(0), 0);
668 if (event->area.y < FILL_Y(0))
669 gdk_window_clear_area(gui.drawarea->window, 0, 0, 0, FILL_Y(0));
670 if (event->area.x > FILL_X(Columns))
671 gdk_window_clear_area(gui.drawarea->window,
672 FILL_X((int)Columns), 0, 0, 0);
673 if (event->area.y > FILL_Y(Rows))
674 gdk_window_clear_area(gui.drawarea->window, 0, FILL_Y((int)Rows), 0, 0);
675
676 return FALSE;
677}
678
679#ifdef FEAT_CLIENTSERVER
680/*
681 * Handle changes to the "Comm" property
682 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000683 static gint
Bram Moolenaarb85cb212009-05-17 14:24:23 +0000684property_event(GtkWidget *widget,
685 GdkEventProperty *event,
686 gpointer data UNUSED)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000687{
688 if (event->type == GDK_PROPERTY_NOTIFY
689 && event->state == (int)GDK_PROPERTY_NEW_VALUE
690 && GDK_WINDOW_XWINDOW(event->window) == commWindow
691 && GET_X_ATOM(event->atom) == commProperty)
692 {
693 XEvent xev;
694
695 /* Translate to XLib */
696 xev.xproperty.type = PropertyNotify;
697 xev.xproperty.atom = commProperty;
698 xev.xproperty.window = commWindow;
699 xev.xproperty.state = PropertyNewValue;
700 serverEventProc(GDK_WINDOW_XDISPLAY(widget->window), &xev);
701
702 if (gtk_main_level() > 0)
703 gtk_main_quit();
704 }
705 return FALSE;
706}
707#endif
708
709
710/****************************************************************************
711 * Focus handlers:
712 */
713
714
715/*
716 * This is a simple state machine:
717 * BLINK_NONE not blinking at all
718 * BLINK_OFF blinking, cursor is not shown
719 * BLINK_ON blinking, cursor is shown
720 */
721
722#define BLINK_NONE 0
723#define BLINK_OFF 1
724#define BLINK_ON 2
725
726static int blink_state = BLINK_NONE;
727static long_u blink_waittime = 700;
728static long_u blink_ontime = 400;
729static long_u blink_offtime = 250;
730static guint blink_timer = 0;
731
732 void
733gui_mch_set_blinking(long waittime, long on, long off)
734{
735 blink_waittime = waittime;
736 blink_ontime = on;
737 blink_offtime = off;
738}
739
740/*
741 * Stop the cursor blinking. Show the cursor if it wasn't shown.
742 */
743 void
744gui_mch_stop_blink(void)
745{
746 if (blink_timer)
747 {
748 gtk_timeout_remove(blink_timer);
749 blink_timer = 0;
750 }
751 if (blink_state == BLINK_OFF)
752 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
753 blink_state = BLINK_NONE;
754}
755
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000756 static gint
Bram Moolenaarb85cb212009-05-17 14:24:23 +0000757blink_cb(gpointer data UNUSED)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000758{
759 if (blink_state == BLINK_ON)
760 {
761 gui_undraw_cursor();
762 blink_state = BLINK_OFF;
763 blink_timer = gtk_timeout_add((guint32)blink_offtime,
764 (GtkFunction) blink_cb, NULL);
765 }
766 else
767 {
768 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
769 blink_state = BLINK_ON;
770 blink_timer = gtk_timeout_add((guint32)blink_ontime,
771 (GtkFunction) blink_cb, NULL);
772 }
773
774 return FALSE; /* don't happen again */
775}
776
777/*
778 * Start the cursor blinking. If it was already blinking, this restarts the
779 * waiting time and shows the cursor.
780 */
781 void
782gui_mch_start_blink(void)
783{
784 if (blink_timer)
785 gtk_timeout_remove(blink_timer);
786 /* Only switch blinking on if none of the times is zero */
787 if (blink_waittime && blink_ontime && blink_offtime && gui.in_focus)
788 {
789 blink_timer = gtk_timeout_add((guint32)blink_waittime,
790 (GtkFunction) blink_cb, NULL);
791 blink_state = BLINK_ON;
792 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
793 }
794}
795
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000796 static gint
Bram Moolenaarb85cb212009-05-17 14:24:23 +0000797enter_notify_event(GtkWidget *widget UNUSED,
798 GdkEventCrossing *event UNUSED,
799 gpointer data UNUSED)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000800{
801 if (blink_state == BLINK_NONE)
802 gui_mch_start_blink();
803
804 /* make sure keyboard input goes there */
805 if (gtk_socket_id == 0 || !GTK_WIDGET_HAS_FOCUS(gui.drawarea))
806 gtk_widget_grab_focus(gui.drawarea);
807
808 return FALSE;
809}
810
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000811 static gint
Bram Moolenaarb85cb212009-05-17 14:24:23 +0000812leave_notify_event(GtkWidget *widget UNUSED,
813 GdkEventCrossing *event UNUSED,
814 gpointer data UNUSED)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000815{
816 if (blink_state != BLINK_NONE)
817 gui_mch_stop_blink();
818
819 return FALSE;
820}
821
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000822 static gint
Bram Moolenaarb85cb212009-05-17 14:24:23 +0000823focus_in_event(GtkWidget *widget,
824 GdkEventFocus *event UNUSED,
825 gpointer data UNUSED)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000826{
827 gui_focus_change(TRUE);
828
829 if (blink_state == BLINK_NONE)
830 gui_mch_start_blink();
831
Bram Moolenaar9c8791f2007-09-05 19:47:23 +0000832 /* make sure keyboard input goes to the draw area (if this is focus for a
833 * window) */
Bram Moolenaarb3656ed2006-03-20 21:59:49 +0000834 if (widget != gui.drawarea)
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000835 gtk_widget_grab_focus(gui.drawarea);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000836
Bram Moolenaar9c8791f2007-09-05 19:47:23 +0000837 /* make sure the input buffer is read */
838 if (gtk_main_level() > 0)
839 gtk_main_quit();
840
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000841 return TRUE;
842}
843
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000844 static gint
Bram Moolenaarb85cb212009-05-17 14:24:23 +0000845focus_out_event(GtkWidget *widget UNUSED,
846 GdkEventFocus *event UNUSED,
847 gpointer data UNUSED)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000848{
849 gui_focus_change(FALSE);
850
851 if (blink_state != BLINK_NONE)
852 gui_mch_stop_blink();
853
Bram Moolenaar9c8791f2007-09-05 19:47:23 +0000854 /* make sure the input buffer is read */
855 if (gtk_main_level() > 0)
856 gtk_main_quit();
857
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000858 return TRUE;
859}
860
861
862#ifdef HAVE_GTK2
863/*
864 * Translate a GDK key value to UTF-8 independently of the current locale.
865 * The output is written to string, which must have room for at least 6 bytes
866 * plus the NUL terminator. Returns the length in bytes.
867 *
868 * This function is used in the GTK+ 2 GUI only. The GTK+ 1 code makes use
869 * of GdkEventKey::string instead. But event->string is evil; see here why:
870 * http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/gdk/gdk-Event-Structures.html#GdkEventKey
871 */
872 static int
873keyval_to_string(unsigned int keyval, unsigned int state, char_u *string)
874{
875 int len;
876 guint32 uc;
877
878 uc = gdk_keyval_to_unicode(keyval);
879 if (uc != 0)
880 {
881 /* Check for CTRL-foo */
882 if ((state & GDK_CONTROL_MASK) && uc >= 0x20 && uc < 0x80)
883 {
884 /* These mappings look arbitrary at the first glance, but in fact
885 * resemble quite exactly the behaviour of the GTK+ 1.2 GUI on my
886 * machine. The only difference is BS vs. DEL for CTRL-8 (makes
887 * more sense and is consistent with usual terminal behaviour). */
888 if (uc >= '@')
889 string[0] = uc & 0x1F;
890 else if (uc == '2')
891 string[0] = NUL;
892 else if (uc >= '3' && uc <= '7')
893 string[0] = uc ^ 0x28;
894 else if (uc == '8')
895 string[0] = BS;
896 else if (uc == '?')
897 string[0] = DEL;
898 else
899 string[0] = uc;
900 len = 1;
901 }
902 else
903 {
904 /* Translate a normal key to UTF-8. This doesn't work for dead
905 * keys of course, you _have_ to use an input method for that. */
906 len = utf_char2bytes((int)uc, string);
907 }
908 }
909 else
910 {
911 /* Translate keys which are represented by ASCII control codes in Vim.
912 * There are only a few of those; most control keys are translated to
913 * special terminal-like control sequences. */
914 len = 1;
915 switch (keyval)
916 {
917 case GDK_Tab: case GDK_KP_Tab: case GDK_ISO_Left_Tab:
918 string[0] = TAB;
919 break;
920 case GDK_Linefeed:
921 string[0] = NL;
922 break;
923 case GDK_Return: case GDK_ISO_Enter: case GDK_3270_Enter:
924 string[0] = CAR;
925 break;
926 case GDK_Escape:
927 string[0] = ESC;
928 break;
929 default:
930 len = 0;
931 break;
932 }
933 }
934 string[len] = NUL;
935
936 return len;
937}
938#endif /* HAVE_GTK2 */
939
Bram Moolenaar19a09a12005-03-04 23:39:37 +0000940 static int
941modifiers_gdk2vim(guint state)
942{
943 int modifiers = 0;
944
945 if (state & GDK_SHIFT_MASK)
946 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_SHIFT;
947 if (state & GDK_CONTROL_MASK)
948 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_CTRL;
949 if (state & GDK_MOD1_MASK)
950 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_ALT;
951 if (state & GDK_MOD4_MASK)
952 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_META;
953
954 return modifiers;
955}
956
957 static int
958modifiers_gdk2mouse(guint state)
959{
960 int modifiers = 0;
961
962 if (state & GDK_SHIFT_MASK)
963 modifiers |= MOUSE_SHIFT;
964 if (state & GDK_CONTROL_MASK)
965 modifiers |= MOUSE_CTRL;
966 if (state & GDK_MOD1_MASK)
967 modifiers |= MOUSE_ALT;
968
969 return modifiers;
970}
971
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000972/*
973 * Main keyboard handler:
974 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000975 static gint
Bram Moolenaarb85cb212009-05-17 14:24:23 +0000976key_press_event(GtkWidget *widget UNUSED,
977 GdkEventKey *event,
978 gpointer data UNUSED)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000979{
980#ifdef HAVE_GTK2
981 /* 256 bytes is way over the top, but for safety let's reduce it only
982 * for GTK+ 2 where we know for sure how large the string might get.
983 * (That is, up to 6 bytes + NUL + CSI escapes + safety measure.) */
984 char_u string[32], string2[32];
985#else
986 char_u string[256], string2[256];
987#endif
988 guint key_sym;
989 int len;
990 int i;
991 int modifiers;
992 int key;
993 guint state;
994 char_u *s, *d;
995
996 key_sym = event->keyval;
997 state = event->state;
998#ifndef HAVE_GTK2 /* deprecated */
999 len = event->length;
1000 g_assert(len <= sizeof(string));
1001#endif
1002
1003#ifndef HAVE_GTK2
1004 /*
1005 * It appears as if we always want to consume a key-press (there currently
1006 * aren't any 'return FALSE's), so we always do this: when running in a
1007 * GtkPlug and not a window, we must prevent emission of the key_press
1008 * EVENT from continuing (which is 'beyond' the level of stopping mere
1009 * signals by returning FALSE), otherwise things like tab/cursor-keys are
1010 * processed by the GtkPlug default handler, which moves input focus away
1011 * from us!
1012 * Note: This should no longer be necessary with GTK+ 2.
1013 */
1014 if (gtk_socket_id != 0)
1015 gtk_signal_emit_stop_by_name(GTK_OBJECT(widget), "key_press_event");
1016#endif
1017
1018#ifdef FEAT_XIM
1019 if (xim_queue_key_press_event(event, TRUE))
1020 return TRUE;
1021#endif
1022
1023#ifdef FEAT_HANGULIN
1024 if (key_sym == GDK_space && (state & GDK_SHIFT_MASK))
1025 {
1026 hangul_input_state_toggle();
1027 return TRUE;
1028 }
1029#endif
1030
1031#ifdef SunXK_F36
1032 /*
1033 * These keys have bogus lookup strings, and trapping them here is
1034 * easier than trying to XRebindKeysym() on them with every possible
1035 * combination of modifiers.
1036 */
1037 if (key_sym == SunXK_F36 || key_sym == SunXK_F37)
1038 len = 0;
1039 else
1040#endif
1041 {
1042#ifdef HAVE_GTK2
1043 len = keyval_to_string(key_sym, state, string2);
1044
1045 /* Careful: convert_input() doesn't handle the NUL character.
1046 * No need to convert pure ASCII anyway, thus the len > 1 check. */
1047 if (len > 1 && input_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
1048 len = convert_input(string2, len, sizeof(string2));
1049
1050 s = string2;
1051#else
1052# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1053 if (input_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
1054 {
1055 mch_memmove(string2, event->string, len);
1056 len = convert_input(string2, len, sizeof(string2));
1057 s = string2;
1058 }
1059 else
1060# endif
1061 s = (char_u *)event->string;
1062#endif
1063
1064 d = string;
1065 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
1066 {
1067 *d++ = s[i];
1068 if (d[-1] == CSI && d + 2 < string + sizeof(string))
1069 {
1070 /* Turn CSI into K_CSI. */
1071 *d++ = KS_EXTRA;
1072 *d++ = (int)KE_CSI;
1073 }
1074 }
1075 len = d - string;
1076 }
1077
1078 /* Shift-Tab results in Left_Tab, but we want <S-Tab> */
1079 if (key_sym == GDK_ISO_Left_Tab)
1080 {
1081 key_sym = GDK_Tab;
1082 state |= GDK_SHIFT_MASK;
1083 }
1084
1085#ifndef HAVE_GTK2 /* for GTK+ 2, we handle this in keyval_to_string() */
1086 if ((key_sym == GDK_2 || key_sym == GDK_at) && (state & GDK_CONTROL_MASK))
1087 {
1088 string[0] = NUL; /* CTRL-2 and CTRL-@ is NUL */
1089 len = 1;
1090 }
1091 else if (len == 0 && (key_sym == GDK_space || key_sym == GDK_Tab))
1092 {
1093 /* When there are modifiers, these keys get zero length; we need the
1094 * original key here to be able to add a modifier below. */
1095 string[0] = (key_sym & 0xff);
1096 len = 1;
1097 }
1098#endif
1099
1100#ifdef FEAT_MENU
1101 /* If there is a menu and 'wak' is "yes", or 'wak' is "menu" and the key
1102 * is a menu shortcut, we ignore everything with the ALT modifier. */
1103 if ((state & GDK_MOD1_MASK)
1104 && gui.menu_is_active
1105 && (*p_wak == 'y'
1106 || (*p_wak == 'm'
1107 && len == 1
1108 && gui_is_menu_shortcut(string[0]))))
1109# ifdef HAVE_GTK2
1110 /* For GTK2 we return false to signify that we haven't handled the
1111 * keypress, so that gtk will handle the mnemonic or accelerator. */
1112 return FALSE;
1113# else
1114 return TRUE;
1115# endif
1116#endif
1117
1118 /* Check for Alt/Meta key (Mod1Mask), but not for a BS, DEL or character
1119 * that already has the 8th bit set.
1120 * Don't do this for <S-M-Tab>, that should become K_S_TAB with ALT.
1121 * Don't do this for double-byte encodings, it turns the char into a lead
1122 * byte. */
1123 if (len == 1
1124 && (state & GDK_MOD1_MASK)
1125 && !(key_sym == GDK_BackSpace || key_sym == GDK_Delete)
1126 && (string[0] & 0x80) == 0
1127 && !(key_sym == GDK_Tab && (state & GDK_SHIFT_MASK))
1128#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1129 && !enc_dbcs
1130#endif
1131 )
1132 {
1133 string[0] |= 0x80;
1134 state &= ~GDK_MOD1_MASK; /* don't use it again */
1135#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1136 if (enc_utf8) /* convert to utf-8 */
1137 {
1138 string[1] = string[0] & 0xbf;
1139 string[0] = ((unsigned)string[0] >> 6) + 0xc0;
1140 if (string[1] == CSI)
1141 {
1142 string[2] = KS_EXTRA;
1143 string[3] = (int)KE_CSI;
1144 len = 4;
1145 }
1146 else
1147 len = 2;
1148 }
1149#endif
1150 }
1151
1152 /* Check for special keys. Also do this when len == 1 (key has an ASCII
1153 * value) to detect backspace, delete and keypad keys. */
1154 if (len == 0 || len == 1)
1155 {
1156 for (i = 0; special_keys[i].key_sym != 0; i++)
1157 {
1158 if (special_keys[i].key_sym == key_sym)
1159 {
1160 string[0] = CSI;
1161 string[1] = special_keys[i].code0;
1162 string[2] = special_keys[i].code1;
1163 len = -3;
1164 break;
1165 }
1166 }
1167 }
1168
1169 if (len == 0) /* Unrecognized key */
1170 return TRUE;
1171
1172#if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) && !defined(HAVE_GTK2)
1173 /* Cancel or type backspace. For GTK2, im_commit_cb() does the same. */
1174 preedit_start_col = MAXCOL;
1175 xim_changed_while_preediting = TRUE;
1176#endif
1177
1178 /* Special keys (and a few others) may have modifiers. Also when using a
1179 * double-byte encoding (can't set the 8th bit). */
1180 if (len == -3 || key_sym == GDK_space || key_sym == GDK_Tab
1181 || key_sym == GDK_Return || key_sym == GDK_Linefeed
1182 || key_sym == GDK_Escape || key_sym == GDK_KP_Tab
1183 || key_sym == GDK_ISO_Enter || key_sym == GDK_3270_Enter
1184#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1185 || (enc_dbcs && len == 1 && (state & GDK_MOD1_MASK))
1186#endif
1187 )
1188 {
Bram Moolenaar19a09a12005-03-04 23:39:37 +00001189 modifiers = modifiers_gdk2vim(state);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001190
1191 /*
1192 * For some keys a shift modifier is translated into another key
1193 * code.
1194 */
1195 if (len == -3)
1196 key = TO_SPECIAL(string[1], string[2]);
1197 else
1198 key = string[0];
1199
1200 key = simplify_key(key, &modifiers);
1201 if (key == CSI)
1202 key = K_CSI;
1203 if (IS_SPECIAL(key))
1204 {
1205 string[0] = CSI;
1206 string[1] = K_SECOND(key);
1207 string[2] = K_THIRD(key);
1208 len = 3;
1209 }
1210 else
1211 {
1212 string[0] = key;
1213 len = 1;
1214 }
1215
1216 if (modifiers != 0)
1217 {
1218 string2[0] = CSI;
1219 string2[1] = KS_MODIFIER;
1220 string2[2] = modifiers;
1221 add_to_input_buf(string2, 3);
1222 }
1223 }
1224
1225 if (len == 1 && ((string[0] == Ctrl_C && ctrl_c_interrupts)
1226 || (string[0] == intr_char && intr_char != Ctrl_C)))
1227 {
1228 trash_input_buf();
1229 got_int = TRUE;
1230 }
1231
1232 add_to_input_buf(string, len);
1233
1234 /* blank out the pointer if necessary */
1235 if (p_mh)
1236 gui_mch_mousehide(TRUE);
1237
1238 if (gtk_main_level() > 0)
1239 gtk_main_quit();
1240
1241 return TRUE;
1242}
1243
1244#if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(HAVE_GTK2)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001245 static gboolean
Bram Moolenaarb85cb212009-05-17 14:24:23 +00001246key_release_event(GtkWidget *widget UNUSED,
1247 GdkEventKey *event,
1248 gpointer data UNUSED)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001249{
1250 /*
1251 * GTK+ 2 input methods may do fancy stuff on key release events too.
1252 * With the default IM for instance, you can enter any UCS code point
1253 * by holding down CTRL-SHIFT and typing hexadecimal digits.
1254 */
1255 return xim_queue_key_press_event(event, FALSE);
1256}
1257#endif
1258
1259
1260/****************************************************************************
1261 * Selection handlers:
1262 */
1263
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001264 static gint
Bram Moolenaarb85cb212009-05-17 14:24:23 +00001265selection_clear_event(GtkWidget *widget UNUSED,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001266 GdkEventSelection *event,
Bram Moolenaarb85cb212009-05-17 14:24:23 +00001267 gpointer user_data UNUSED)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001268{
1269 if (event->selection == clip_plus.gtk_sel_atom)
1270 clip_lose_selection(&clip_plus);
1271 else
1272 clip_lose_selection(&clip_star);
1273
1274 if (gtk_main_level() > 0)
1275 gtk_main_quit();
1276
1277 return TRUE;
1278}
1279
1280#define RS_NONE 0 /* selection_received_cb() not called yet */
1281#define RS_OK 1 /* selection_received_cb() called and OK */
1282#define RS_FAIL 2 /* selection_received_cb() called and failed */
1283static int received_selection = RS_NONE;
1284
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001285 static void
Bram Moolenaarb85cb212009-05-17 14:24:23 +00001286selection_received_cb(GtkWidget *widget UNUSED,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001287 GtkSelectionData *data,
Bram Moolenaarb85cb212009-05-17 14:24:23 +00001288 guint time_ UNUSED,
1289 gpointer user_data UNUSED)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001290{
1291 VimClipboard *cbd;
1292 char_u *text;
1293 char_u *tmpbuf = NULL;
1294#ifdef HAVE_GTK2
1295 guchar *tmpbuf_utf8 = NULL;
1296#endif
1297 int len;
1298 int motion_type;
1299
1300 if (data->selection == clip_plus.gtk_sel_atom)
1301 cbd = &clip_plus;
1302 else
1303 cbd = &clip_star;
1304
1305 text = (char_u *)data->data;
1306 len = data->length;
1307 motion_type = MCHAR;
1308
1309 if (text == NULL || len <= 0)
1310 {
1311 received_selection = RS_FAIL;
1312 /* clip_free_selection(cbd); ??? */
1313
1314 if (gtk_main_level() > 0)
1315 gtk_main_quit();
1316
1317 return;
1318 }
1319
1320 if (data->type == vim_atom)
1321 {
1322 motion_type = *text++;
1323 --len;
1324 }
1325
1326#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1327 else if (data->type == vimenc_atom)
1328 {
1329 char_u *enc;
1330 vimconv_T conv;
1331
1332 motion_type = *text++;
1333 --len;
1334
1335 enc = text;
1336 text += STRLEN(text) + 1;
1337 len -= text - enc;
1338
1339 /* If the encoding of the text is different from 'encoding', attempt
1340 * converting it. */
1341 conv.vc_type = CONV_NONE;
1342 convert_setup(&conv, enc, p_enc);
1343 if (conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
1344 {
1345 tmpbuf = string_convert(&conv, text, &len);
1346 if (tmpbuf != NULL)
1347 text = tmpbuf;
1348 convert_setup(&conv, NULL, NULL);
1349 }
1350 }
1351#endif
1352
1353#ifdef HAVE_GTK2
1354 /* gtk_selection_data_get_text() handles all the nasty details
1355 * and targets and encodings etc. This rocks so hard. */
1356 else
1357 {
1358 tmpbuf_utf8 = gtk_selection_data_get_text(data);
1359 if (tmpbuf_utf8 != NULL)
1360 {
1361 len = STRLEN(tmpbuf_utf8);
1362 if (input_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
1363 {
1364 tmpbuf = string_convert(&input_conv, tmpbuf_utf8, &len);
1365 if (tmpbuf != NULL)
1366 text = tmpbuf;
1367 }
1368 else
1369 text = tmpbuf_utf8;
1370 }
Bram Moolenaar3a6eaa52009-06-16 13:23:06 +00001371 else if (len >= 2 && text[0] == 0xff && text[1] == 0xfe)
1372 {
1373 vimconv_T conv;
1374
1375 /* UTF-16, we get this for HTML */
1376 conv.vc_type = CONV_NONE;
1377 convert_setup_ext(&conv, (char_u *)"utf-16le", FALSE, p_enc, TRUE);
1378
1379 if (conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
1380 {
1381 text += 2;
1382 len -= 2;
1383 tmpbuf = string_convert(&conv, text, &len);
1384 convert_setup(&conv, NULL, NULL);
1385 }
1386 if (tmpbuf != NULL)
1387 text = tmpbuf;
1388 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001389 }
1390#else /* !HAVE_GTK2 */
1391# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1392 else if (data->type == utf8_string_atom)
1393 {
1394 vimconv_T conv;
1395
1396 conv.vc_type = CONV_NONE;
1397 convert_setup(&conv, (char_u *)"utf-8", p_enc);
1398
1399 if (conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
1400 {
1401 tmpbuf = string_convert(&conv, text, &len);
1402 convert_setup(&conv, NULL, NULL);
1403 }
1404 if (tmpbuf != NULL)
1405 text = tmpbuf;
1406 }
1407# endif
1408 else if (data->type == compound_text_atom || data->type == text_atom)
1409 {
1410 char **list = NULL;
1411 int count;
1412 int i;
1413 unsigned tmplen = 0;
1414
1415 count = gdk_text_property_to_text_list(data->type, data->format,
1416 data->data, data->length,
1417 &list);
1418 for (i = 0; i < count; ++i)
1419 tmplen += strlen(list[i]);
1420
1421 tmpbuf = alloc(tmplen + 1);
1422 if (tmpbuf != NULL)
1423 {
1424 tmpbuf[0] = NUL;
1425 for (i = 0; i < count; ++i)
1426 STRCAT(tmpbuf, list[i]);
1427 text = tmpbuf;
1428 len = tmplen;
1429 }
1430
1431 if (list != NULL)
1432 gdk_free_text_list(list);
1433 }
1434#endif /* !HAVE_GTK2 */
1435
1436 clip_yank_selection(motion_type, text, (long)len, cbd);
1437 received_selection = RS_OK;
1438 vim_free(tmpbuf);
1439#ifdef HAVE_GTK2
1440 g_free(tmpbuf_utf8);
1441#endif
1442
1443 if (gtk_main_level() > 0)
1444 gtk_main_quit();
1445}
1446
1447/*
1448 * Prepare our selection data for passing it to the external selection
1449 * client.
1450 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001451 static void
Bram Moolenaarb85cb212009-05-17 14:24:23 +00001452selection_get_cb(GtkWidget *widget UNUSED,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001453 GtkSelectionData *selection_data,
1454 guint info,
Bram Moolenaarb85cb212009-05-17 14:24:23 +00001455 guint time_ UNUSED,
1456 gpointer user_data UNUSED)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001457{
1458 char_u *string;
1459 char_u *tmpbuf;
1460 long_u tmplen;
1461 int length;
1462 int motion_type;
1463 GdkAtom type;
1464 VimClipboard *cbd;
1465
1466 if (selection_data->selection == clip_plus.gtk_sel_atom)
1467 cbd = &clip_plus;
1468 else
1469 cbd = &clip_star;
1470
1471 if (!cbd->owned)
1472 return; /* Shouldn't ever happen */
1473
1474 if (info != (guint)TARGET_STRING
1475#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar3a6eaa52009-06-16 13:23:06 +00001476 && (!clip_html || info != (guint)TARGET_HTML)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001477 && info != (guint)TARGET_UTF8_STRING
1478 && info != (guint)TARGET_VIMENC
1479#endif
1480 && info != (guint)TARGET_VIM
1481 && info != (guint)TARGET_COMPOUND_TEXT
1482 && info != (guint)TARGET_TEXT)
1483 return;
1484
1485 /* get the selection from the '*'/'+' register */
1486 clip_get_selection(cbd);
1487
1488 motion_type = clip_convert_selection(&string, &tmplen, cbd);
1489 if (motion_type < 0 || string == NULL)
1490 return;
1491 /* Due to int arguments we can't handle more than G_MAXINT. Also
1492 * reserve one extra byte for NUL or the motion type; just in case.
1493 * (Not that pasting 2G of text is ever going to work, but... ;-) */
1494 length = MIN(tmplen, (long_u)(G_MAXINT - 1));
1495
1496 if (info == (guint)TARGET_VIM)
1497 {
1498 tmpbuf = alloc((unsigned)length + 1);
1499 if (tmpbuf != NULL)
1500 {
1501 tmpbuf[0] = motion_type;
1502 mch_memmove(tmpbuf + 1, string, (size_t)length);
1503 }
1504 /* For our own format, the first byte contains the motion type */
1505 ++length;
1506 vim_free(string);
1507 string = tmpbuf;
1508 type = vim_atom;
1509 }
1510
1511#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar3a6eaa52009-06-16 13:23:06 +00001512 else if (info == (guint)TARGET_HTML)
1513 {
1514 vimconv_T conv;
1515
1516 /* Since we get utf-16, we probably should set it as well. */
1517 conv.vc_type = CONV_NONE;
1518 convert_setup_ext(&conv, p_enc, TRUE, (char_u *)"utf-16le", FALSE);
1519 if (conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
1520 {
1521 tmpbuf = string_convert(&conv, string, &length);
1522 convert_setup(&conv, NULL, NULL);
1523 vim_free(string);
1524 string = tmpbuf;
1525 }
1526
1527 /* Prepend the BOM: "fffe" */
1528 if (string != NULL)
1529 {
1530 tmpbuf = alloc(length + 2);
1531 tmpbuf[0] = 0xff;
1532 tmpbuf[1] = 0xfe;
1533 mch_memmove(tmpbuf + 2, string, (size_t)length);
1534 vim_free(string);
1535 string = tmpbuf;
1536 length += 2;
1537
1538 selection_data->type = selection_data->target;
1539 selection_data->format = 16; /* 16 bits per char */
1540 gtk_selection_data_set(selection_data, html_atom, 16,
1541 string, length);
1542 vim_free(string);
1543 }
1544 return;
1545 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001546 else if (info == (guint)TARGET_VIMENC)
1547 {
1548 int l = STRLEN(p_enc);
1549
1550 /* contents: motion_type 'encoding' NUL text */
1551 tmpbuf = alloc((unsigned)length + l + 2);
1552 if (tmpbuf != NULL)
1553 {
1554 tmpbuf[0] = motion_type;
1555 STRCPY(tmpbuf + 1, p_enc);
1556 mch_memmove(tmpbuf + l + 2, string, (size_t)length);
1557 }
1558 length += l + 2;
1559 vim_free(string);
1560 string = tmpbuf;
1561 type = vimenc_atom;
1562 }
1563#endif
1564
1565#ifdef HAVE_GTK2
1566 /* gtk_selection_data_set_text() handles everything for us. This is
1567 * so easy and simple and cool, it'd be insane not to use it. */
1568 else
1569 {
1570 if (output_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
1571 {
1572 tmpbuf = string_convert(&output_conv, string, &length);
1573 vim_free(string);
1574 if (tmpbuf == NULL)
1575 return;
1576 string = tmpbuf;
1577 }
1578 /* Validate the string to avoid runtime warnings */
1579 if (g_utf8_validate((const char *)string, (gssize)length, NULL))
1580 {
1581 gtk_selection_data_set_text(selection_data,
1582 (const char *)string, length);
1583 }
1584 vim_free(string);
1585 return;
1586 }
1587#else /* !HAVE_GTK2 */
1588# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1589 else if (info == (guint)TARGET_UTF8_STRING)
1590 {
1591 vimconv_T conv;
1592
1593 conv.vc_type = CONV_NONE;
1594 convert_setup(&conv, p_enc, (char_u *)"utf-8");
1595
1596 if (conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
1597 {
1598 tmpbuf = string_convert(&conv, string, &length);
1599 convert_setup(&conv, NULL, NULL);
1600 vim_free(string);
1601 string = tmpbuf;
1602 }
1603 type = utf8_string_atom;
1604 }
1605# endif
1606 else if (info == (guint)TARGET_COMPOUND_TEXT
1607 || info == (guint)TARGET_TEXT)
1608 {
1609 int format;
1610
1611 /* Copy the string to ensure NUL-termination */
1612 tmpbuf = vim_strnsave(string, length);
1613 vim_free(string);
1614 if (tmpbuf != NULL)
1615 {
1616 gdk_string_to_compound_text((const char *)tmpbuf,
1617 &type, &format, &string, &length);
1618 vim_free(tmpbuf);
1619 selection_data->type = type;
1620 selection_data->format = format;
1621 gtk_selection_data_set(selection_data, type, format, string, length);
1622 gdk_free_compound_text(string);
1623 }
1624 return;
1625 }
1626 else
1627 {
1628 type = GDK_TARGET_STRING;
1629 }
1630#endif /* !HAVE_GTK2 */
1631
1632 if (string != NULL)
1633 {
1634 selection_data->type = selection_data->target;
1635 selection_data->format = 8; /* 8 bits per char */
1636
1637 gtk_selection_data_set(selection_data, type, 8, string, length);
1638 vim_free(string);
1639 }
1640}
1641
1642/*
1643 * Check if the GUI can be started. Called before gvimrc is sourced.
1644 * Return OK or FAIL.
1645 */
1646 int
1647gui_mch_init_check(void)
1648{
1649#ifndef HAVE_GTK2
Bram Moolenaar49325942007-05-10 19:19:59 +00001650 /* This is needed to make the locale handling consistent between the GUI
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001651 * and the rest of VIM. */
1652 gtk_set_locale();
1653#endif
1654
1655#ifdef FEAT_GUI_GNOME
1656 if (gtk_socket_id == 0)
1657 using_gnome = 1;
1658#endif
1659
1660 /* Don't use gtk_init() or gnome_init(), it exits on failure. */
1661 if (!gtk_init_check(&gui_argc, &gui_argv))
1662 {
1663 gui.dying = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaarc93e7912008-07-08 10:46:08 +00001664 EMSG(_((char *)e_opendisp));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001665 return FAIL;
1666 }
1667
1668 return OK;
1669}
1670
1671
1672/****************************************************************************
1673 * Mouse handling callbacks
1674 */
1675
1676
1677static guint mouse_click_timer = 0;
1678static int mouse_timed_out = TRUE;
1679
1680/*
1681 * Timer used to recognize multiple clicks of the mouse button
1682 */
1683 static gint
1684mouse_click_timer_cb(gpointer data)
1685{
1686 /* we don't use this information currently */
1687 int *timed_out = (int *) data;
1688
1689 *timed_out = TRUE;
1690 return FALSE; /* don't happen again */
1691}
1692
1693static guint motion_repeat_timer = 0;
1694static int motion_repeat_offset = FALSE;
1695static gint motion_repeat_timer_cb(gpointer);
1696
1697 static void
1698process_motion_notify(int x, int y, GdkModifierType state)
1699{
1700 int button;
1701 int_u vim_modifiers;
1702
1703 button = (state & (GDK_BUTTON1_MASK | GDK_BUTTON2_MASK |
1704 GDK_BUTTON3_MASK | GDK_BUTTON4_MASK |
1705 GDK_BUTTON5_MASK))
1706 ? MOUSE_DRAG : ' ';
1707
1708 /* If our pointer is currently hidden, then we should show it. */
1709 gui_mch_mousehide(FALSE);
1710
1711 /* Just moving the rodent above the drawing area without any button
1712 * being pressed. */
1713 if (button != MOUSE_DRAG)
1714 {
1715 gui_mouse_moved(x, y);
1716 return;
1717 }
1718
1719 /* translate modifier coding between the main engine and GTK */
Bram Moolenaar19a09a12005-03-04 23:39:37 +00001720 vim_modifiers = modifiers_gdk2mouse(state);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001721
Bram Moolenaar49325942007-05-10 19:19:59 +00001722 /* inform the editor engine about the occurrence of this event */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001723 gui_send_mouse_event(button, x, y, FALSE, vim_modifiers);
1724
1725 if (gtk_main_level() > 0)
1726 gtk_main_quit();
1727
1728 /*
1729 * Auto repeat timer handling.
1730 */
1731 if (x < 0 || y < 0
1732 || x >= gui.drawarea->allocation.width
1733 || y >= gui.drawarea->allocation.height)
1734 {
1735
1736 int dx;
1737 int dy;
1738 int offshoot;
1739 int delay = 10;
1740
1741 /* Calculate the maximal distance of the cursor from the drawing area.
1742 * (offshoot can't become negative here!).
1743 */
1744 dx = x < 0 ? -x : x - gui.drawarea->allocation.width;
1745 dy = y < 0 ? -y : y - gui.drawarea->allocation.height;
1746
1747 offshoot = dx > dy ? dx : dy;
1748
Bram Moolenaarb85cb212009-05-17 14:24:23 +00001749 /* Make a linearly decaying timer delay with a threshold of 5 at a
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001750 * distance of 127 pixels from the main window.
1751 *
1752 * One could think endlessly about the most ergonomic variant here.
1753 * For example it could make sense to calculate the distance from the
1754 * drags start instead...
1755 *
1756 * Maybe a parabolic interpolation would suite us better here too...
1757 */
1758 if (offshoot > 127)
1759 {
1760 /* 5 appears to be somehow near to my perceptual limits :-). */
1761 delay = 5;
1762 }
1763 else
1764 {
1765 delay = (130 * (127 - offshoot)) / 127 + 5;
1766 }
1767
1768 /* shoot again */
1769 if (!motion_repeat_timer)
1770 motion_repeat_timer = gtk_timeout_add((guint32)delay,
1771 motion_repeat_timer_cb, NULL);
1772 }
1773}
1774
1775/*
1776 * Timer used to recognize multiple clicks of the mouse button.
1777 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001778 static gint
Bram Moolenaarb85cb212009-05-17 14:24:23 +00001779motion_repeat_timer_cb(gpointer data UNUSED)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001780{
1781 int x;
1782 int y;
1783 GdkModifierType state;
1784
1785 gdk_window_get_pointer(gui.drawarea->window, &x, &y, &state);
1786
1787 if (!(state & (GDK_BUTTON1_MASK | GDK_BUTTON2_MASK |
1788 GDK_BUTTON3_MASK | GDK_BUTTON4_MASK |
1789 GDK_BUTTON5_MASK)))
1790 {
1791 motion_repeat_timer = 0;
1792 return FALSE;
1793 }
1794
1795 /* If there already is a mouse click in the input buffer, wait another
1796 * time (otherwise we would create a backlog of clicks) */
1797 if (vim_used_in_input_buf() > 10)
1798 return TRUE;
1799
1800 motion_repeat_timer = 0;
1801
1802 /*
1803 * Fake a motion event.
1804 * Trick: Pretend the mouse moved to the next character on every other
1805 * event, otherwise drag events will be discarded, because they are still
1806 * in the same character.
1807 */
1808 if (motion_repeat_offset)
1809 x += gui.char_width;
1810
1811 motion_repeat_offset = !motion_repeat_offset;
1812 process_motion_notify(x, y, state);
1813
1814 /* Don't happen again. We will get reinstalled in the synthetic event
1815 * if needed -- thus repeating should still work. */
1816 return FALSE;
1817}
1818
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001819 static gint
Bram Moolenaarb85cb212009-05-17 14:24:23 +00001820motion_notify_event(GtkWidget *widget,
1821 GdkEventMotion *event,
1822 gpointer data UNUSED)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001823{
1824 if (event->is_hint)
1825 {
1826 int x;
1827 int y;
1828 GdkModifierType state;
1829
1830 gdk_window_get_pointer(widget->window, &x, &y, &state);
1831 process_motion_notify(x, y, state);
1832 }
1833 else
1834 {
1835 process_motion_notify((int)event->x, (int)event->y,
1836 (GdkModifierType)event->state);
1837 }
1838
1839 return TRUE; /* handled */
1840}
1841
1842
1843/*
1844 * Mouse button handling. Note please that we are capturing multiple click's
1845 * by our own timeout mechanism instead of the one provided by GTK+ itself.
1846 * This is due to the way the generic VIM code is recognizing multiple clicks.
1847 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001848 static gint
Bram Moolenaarb85cb212009-05-17 14:24:23 +00001849button_press_event(GtkWidget *widget,
1850 GdkEventButton *event,
1851 gpointer data UNUSED)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001852{
1853 int button;
1854 int repeated_click = FALSE;
1855 int x, y;
1856 int_u vim_modifiers;
1857
1858 /* Make sure we have focus now we've been selected */
1859 if (gtk_socket_id != 0 && !GTK_WIDGET_HAS_FOCUS(widget))
1860 gtk_widget_grab_focus(widget);
1861
1862 /*
1863 * Don't let additional events about multiple clicks send by GTK to us
1864 * after the initial button press event confuse us.
1865 */
1866 if (event->type != GDK_BUTTON_PRESS)
1867 return FALSE;
1868
1869 x = event->x;
1870 y = event->y;
1871
1872 /* Handle multiple clicks */
1873 if (!mouse_timed_out && mouse_click_timer)
1874 {
1875 gtk_timeout_remove(mouse_click_timer);
1876 mouse_click_timer = 0;
1877 repeated_click = TRUE;
1878 }
1879
1880 mouse_timed_out = FALSE;
1881 mouse_click_timer = gtk_timeout_add((guint32)p_mouset,
1882 mouse_click_timer_cb, &mouse_timed_out);
1883
1884 switch (event->button)
1885 {
1886 case 1:
1887 button = MOUSE_LEFT;
1888 break;
1889 case 2:
1890 button = MOUSE_MIDDLE;
1891 break;
1892 case 3:
1893 button = MOUSE_RIGHT;
1894 break;
1895#ifndef HAVE_GTK2
1896 case 4:
1897 button = MOUSE_4;
1898 break;
1899 case 5:
1900 button = MOUSE_5;
1901 break;
1902#endif
1903 default:
1904 return FALSE; /* Unknown button */
1905 }
1906
1907#ifdef FEAT_XIM
1908 /* cancel any preediting */
1909 if (im_is_preediting())
1910 xim_reset();
1911#endif
1912
Bram Moolenaar19a09a12005-03-04 23:39:37 +00001913 vim_modifiers = modifiers_gdk2mouse(event->state);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001914
1915 gui_send_mouse_event(button, x, y, repeated_click, vim_modifiers);
1916 if (gtk_main_level() > 0)
1917 gtk_main_quit(); /* make sure the above will be handled immediately */
1918
1919 return TRUE;
1920}
1921
1922#ifdef HAVE_GTK2
1923/*
1924 * GTK+ 2 doesn't handle mouse buttons 4, 5, 6 and 7 the same way as GTK+ 1.
1925 * Instead, it abstracts scrolling via the new GdkEventScroll.
1926 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001927 static gboolean
Bram Moolenaarb85cb212009-05-17 14:24:23 +00001928scroll_event(GtkWidget *widget,
1929 GdkEventScroll *event,
1930 gpointer data UNUSED)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001931{
1932 int button;
Bram Moolenaar19a09a12005-03-04 23:39:37 +00001933 int_u vim_modifiers;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001934
1935 if (gtk_socket_id != 0 && !GTK_WIDGET_HAS_FOCUS(widget))
1936 gtk_widget_grab_focus(widget);
1937
1938 switch (event->direction)
1939 {
1940 case GDK_SCROLL_UP:
1941 button = MOUSE_4;
1942 break;
1943 case GDK_SCROLL_DOWN:
1944 button = MOUSE_5;
1945 break;
1946 default: /* We don't care about left and right... Yet. */
1947 return FALSE;
1948 }
1949
1950# ifdef FEAT_XIM
1951 /* cancel any preediting */
1952 if (im_is_preediting())
1953 xim_reset();
1954# endif
1955
Bram Moolenaar19a09a12005-03-04 23:39:37 +00001956 vim_modifiers = modifiers_gdk2mouse(event->state);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001957
1958 gui_send_mouse_event(button, (int)event->x, (int)event->y,
1959 FALSE, vim_modifiers);
1960
1961 if (gtk_main_level() > 0)
1962 gtk_main_quit(); /* make sure the above will be handled immediately */
1963
1964 return TRUE;
1965}
1966#endif /* HAVE_GTK2 */
1967
1968
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001969 static gint
Bram Moolenaarb85cb212009-05-17 14:24:23 +00001970button_release_event(GtkWidget *widget UNUSED,
1971 GdkEventButton *event,
1972 gpointer data UNUSED)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001973{
1974 int x, y;
1975 int_u vim_modifiers;
1976
1977 /* Remove any motion "machine gun" timers used for automatic further
1978 extension of allocation areas if outside of the applications window
1979 area .*/
1980 if (motion_repeat_timer)
1981 {
1982 gtk_timeout_remove(motion_repeat_timer);
1983 motion_repeat_timer = 0;
1984 }
1985
1986 x = event->x;
1987 y = event->y;
1988
Bram Moolenaar19a09a12005-03-04 23:39:37 +00001989 vim_modifiers = modifiers_gdk2mouse(event->state);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001990
1991 gui_send_mouse_event(MOUSE_RELEASE, x, y, FALSE, vim_modifiers);
1992 if (gtk_main_level() > 0)
1993 gtk_main_quit(); /* make sure it will be handled immediately */
1994
1995 return TRUE;
1996}
1997
1998
1999#ifdef FEAT_DND
2000/****************************************************************************
2001 * Drag aNd Drop support handlers.
2002 */
2003
2004/*
2005 * Count how many items there may be and separate them with a NUL.
2006 * Apparently the items are separated with \r\n. This is not documented,
2007 * thus be careful not to go past the end. Also allow separation with
2008 * NUL characters.
2009 */
2010 static int
2011count_and_decode_uri_list(char_u *out, char_u *raw, int len)
2012{
2013 int i;
2014 char_u *p = out;
2015 int count = 0;
2016
2017 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
2018 {
2019 if (raw[i] == NUL || raw[i] == '\n' || raw[i] == '\r')
2020 {
2021 if (p > out && p[-1] != NUL)
2022 {
2023 ++count;
2024 *p++ = NUL;
2025 }
2026 }
2027 else if (raw[i] == '%' && i + 2 < len && hexhex2nr(raw + i + 1) > 0)
2028 {
2029 *p++ = hexhex2nr(raw + i + 1);
2030 i += 2;
2031 }
2032 else
2033 *p++ = raw[i];
2034 }
2035 if (p > out && p[-1] != NUL)
2036 {
2037 *p = NUL; /* last item didn't have \r or \n */
2038 ++count;
2039 }
2040 return count;
2041}
2042
2043/*
2044 * Parse NUL separated "src" strings. Make it an array "outlist" form. On
2045 * this process, URI which protocol is not "file:" are removed. Return
2046 * length of array (less than "max").
2047 */
2048 static int
2049filter_uri_list(char_u **outlist, int max, char_u *src)
2050{
2051 int i, j;
2052
2053 for (i = j = 0; i < max; ++i)
2054 {
2055 outlist[i] = NULL;
2056 if (STRNCMP(src, "file:", 5) == 0)
2057 {
2058 src += 5;
2059 if (STRNCMP(src, "//localhost", 11) == 0)
2060 src += 11;
2061 while (src[0] == '/' && src[1] == '/')
2062 ++src;
2063 outlist[j++] = vim_strsave(src);
2064 }
2065 src += STRLEN(src) + 1;
2066 }
2067 return j;
2068}
2069
2070 static char_u **
2071parse_uri_list(int *count, char_u *data, int len)
2072{
2073 int n = 0;
2074 char_u *tmp = NULL;
2075 char_u **array = NULL;;
2076
2077 if (data != NULL && len > 0 && (tmp = (char_u *)alloc(len + 1)) != NULL)
2078 {
2079 n = count_and_decode_uri_list(tmp, data, len);
2080 if (n > 0 && (array = (char_u **)alloc(n * sizeof(char_u *))) != NULL)
2081 n = filter_uri_list(array, n, tmp);
2082 }
2083 vim_free(tmp);
2084 *count = n;
2085 return array;
2086}
2087
2088 static void
2089drag_handle_uri_list(GdkDragContext *context,
2090 GtkSelectionData *data,
2091 guint time_,
2092 GdkModifierType state,
2093 gint x,
2094 gint y)
2095{
2096 char_u **fnames;
2097 int nfiles = 0;
2098
2099 fnames = parse_uri_list(&nfiles, data->data, data->length);
2100
2101 if (fnames != NULL && nfiles > 0)
2102 {
Bram Moolenaar19a09a12005-03-04 23:39:37 +00002103 int_u modifiers;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002104
2105 gtk_drag_finish(context, TRUE, FALSE, time_); /* accept */
2106
Bram Moolenaar19a09a12005-03-04 23:39:37 +00002107 modifiers = modifiers_gdk2mouse(state);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002108
2109 gui_handle_drop(x, y, modifiers, fnames, nfiles);
2110 }
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +00002111 else
2112 vim_free(fnames);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002113}
2114
2115 static void
2116drag_handle_text(GdkDragContext *context,
2117 GtkSelectionData *data,
2118 guint time_,
2119 GdkModifierType state)
2120{
2121 char_u dropkey[6] = {CSI, KS_MODIFIER, 0, CSI, KS_EXTRA, (char_u)KE_DROP};
2122 char_u *text;
2123 int len;
2124# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2125 char_u *tmpbuf = NULL;
2126# endif
2127
2128 text = data->data;
2129 len = data->length;
2130
2131# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2132 if (data->type == utf8_string_atom)
2133 {
2134# ifdef HAVE_GTK2
2135 if (input_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
2136 tmpbuf = string_convert(&input_conv, text, &len);
2137# else
2138 vimconv_T conv;
2139
2140 conv.vc_type = CONV_NONE;
2141 convert_setup(&conv, (char_u *)"utf-8", p_enc);
2142
2143 if (conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
2144 {
2145 tmpbuf = string_convert(&conv, text, &len);
2146 convert_setup(&conv, NULL, NULL);
2147 }
2148# endif
2149 if (tmpbuf != NULL)
2150 text = tmpbuf;
2151 }
2152# endif /* FEAT_MBYTE */
2153
2154 dnd_yank_drag_data(text, (long)len);
2155 gtk_drag_finish(context, TRUE, FALSE, time_); /* accept */
2156# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2157 vim_free(tmpbuf);
2158# endif
2159
Bram Moolenaar19a09a12005-03-04 23:39:37 +00002160 dropkey[2] = modifiers_gdk2vim(state);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002161
2162 if (dropkey[2] != 0)
2163 add_to_input_buf(dropkey, (int)sizeof(dropkey));
2164 else
2165 add_to_input_buf(dropkey + 3, (int)(sizeof(dropkey) - 3));
2166
2167 if (gtk_main_level() > 0)
2168 gtk_main_quit();
2169}
2170
2171/*
2172 * DND receiver.
2173 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002174 static void
2175drag_data_received_cb(GtkWidget *widget,
2176 GdkDragContext *context,
2177 gint x,
2178 gint y,
2179 GtkSelectionData *data,
2180 guint info,
2181 guint time_,
Bram Moolenaarb85cb212009-05-17 14:24:23 +00002182 gpointer user_data UNUSED)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002183{
2184 GdkModifierType state;
2185
2186 /* Guard against trash */
2187 if (data->data == NULL
2188 || data->length <= 0
2189 || data->format != 8
2190 || data->data[data->length] != '\0')
2191 {
2192 gtk_drag_finish(context, FALSE, FALSE, time_);
2193 return;
2194 }
2195
2196 /* Get the current modifier state for proper distinguishment between
2197 * different operations later. */
2198 gdk_window_get_pointer(widget->window, NULL, NULL, &state);
2199
2200 /* Not sure about the role of "text/plain" here... */
2201 if (info == (guint)TARGET_TEXT_URI_LIST)
2202 drag_handle_uri_list(context, data, time_, state, x, y);
2203 else
2204 drag_handle_text(context, data, time_, state);
2205
2206}
2207#endif /* FEAT_DND */
2208
2209
2210#if defined(FEAT_GUI_GNOME) && defined(FEAT_SESSION)
2211/*
2212 * GnomeClient interact callback. Check for unsaved buffers that cannot
2213 * be abandoned and pop up a dialog asking the user for confirmation if
2214 * necessary.
2215 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002216 static void
2217sm_client_check_changed_any(GnomeClient *client,
2218 gint key,
2219 GnomeDialogType type,
2220 gpointer data)
2221{
2222 cmdmod_T save_cmdmod;
2223 gboolean shutdown_cancelled;
2224
2225 save_cmdmod = cmdmod;
2226
2227# ifdef FEAT_BROWSE
2228 cmdmod.browse = TRUE;
2229# endif
2230# if defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG)
2231 cmdmod.confirm = TRUE;
2232# endif
2233 /*
2234 * If there are changed buffers, present the user with
2235 * a dialog if possible, otherwise give an error message.
2236 */
2237 shutdown_cancelled = check_changed_any(FALSE);
2238
2239 exiting = FALSE;
2240 cmdmod = save_cmdmod;
2241 setcursor(); /* position the cursor */
2242 out_flush();
2243 /*
2244 * If the user hit the [Cancel] button the whole shutdown
2245 * will be cancelled. Wow, quite powerful feature (:
2246 */
2247 gnome_interaction_key_return(key, shutdown_cancelled);
2248}
2249
2250/*
2251 * Generate a script that can be used to restore the current editing session.
2252 * Save the value of v:this_session before running :mksession in order to make
2253 * automagic session save fully transparent. Return TRUE on success.
2254 */
2255 static int
2256write_session_file(char_u *filename)
2257{
2258 char_u *escaped_filename;
2259 char *mksession_cmdline;
2260 unsigned int save_ssop_flags;
2261 int failed;
2262
2263 /*
2264 * Build an ex command line to create a script that restores the current
2265 * session if executed. Escape the filename to avoid nasty surprises.
2266 */
2267 escaped_filename = vim_strsave_escaped(filename, escape_chars);
2268 if (escaped_filename == NULL)
2269 return FALSE;
Bram Moolenaardc3213d2007-06-19 16:03:50 +00002270 mksession_cmdline = g_strconcat("mksession ", (char *)escaped_filename,
2271 NULL);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002272 vim_free(escaped_filename);
Bram Moolenaardc3213d2007-06-19 16:03:50 +00002273
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002274 /*
2275 * Use a reasonable hardcoded set of 'sessionoptions' flags to avoid
2276 * unpredictable effects when the session is saved automatically. Also,
2277 * we definitely need SSOP_GLOBALS to be able to restore v:this_session.
2278 * Don't use SSOP_BUFFERS to prevent the buffer list from becoming
2279 * enormously large if the GNOME session feature is used regularly.
2280 */
2281 save_ssop_flags = ssop_flags;
2282 ssop_flags = (SSOP_BLANK|SSOP_CURDIR|SSOP_FOLDS|SSOP_GLOBALS
Bram Moolenaardc3213d2007-06-19 16:03:50 +00002283 |SSOP_HELP|SSOP_OPTIONS|SSOP_WINSIZE|SSOP_TABPAGES);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002284
2285 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"let Save_VV_this_session = v:this_session");
2286 failed = (do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)mksession_cmdline) == FAIL);
2287 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"let v:this_session = Save_VV_this_session");
Bram Moolenaar485db9b2005-01-31 19:23:41 +00002288 do_unlet((char_u *)"Save_VV_this_session", TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002289
2290 ssop_flags = save_ssop_flags;
2291 g_free(mksession_cmdline);
2292 /*
2293 * Reopen the file and append a command to restore v:this_session,
2294 * as if this save never happened. This is to avoid conflicts with
2295 * the user's own sessions. FIXME: It's probably less hackish to add
2296 * a "stealth" flag to 'sessionoptions' -- gotta ask Bram.
2297 */
2298 if (!failed)
2299 {
2300 FILE *fd;
2301
2302 fd = open_exfile(filename, TRUE, APPENDBIN);
2303
2304 failed = (fd == NULL
2305 || put_line(fd, "let v:this_session = Save_VV_this_session") == FAIL
2306 || put_line(fd, "unlet Save_VV_this_session") == FAIL);
2307
2308 if (fd != NULL && fclose(fd) != 0)
2309 failed = TRUE;
2310
2311 if (failed)
2312 mch_remove(filename);
2313 }
2314
2315 return !failed;
2316}
2317
2318/*
2319 * "save_yourself" signal handler. Initiate an interaction to ask the user
2320 * for confirmation if necessary. Save the current editing session and tell
2321 * the session manager how to restart Vim.
2322 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002323 static gboolean
2324sm_client_save_yourself(GnomeClient *client,
2325 gint phase,
2326 GnomeSaveStyle save_style,
2327 gboolean shutdown,
2328 GnomeInteractStyle interact_style,
2329 gboolean fast,
2330 gpointer data)
2331{
2332 static const char suffix[] = "-session.vim";
2333 char *session_file;
2334 unsigned int len;
2335 gboolean success;
2336
2337 /* Always request an interaction if possible. check_changed_any()
2338 * won't actually show a dialog unless any buffers have been modified.
2339 * There doesn't seem to be an obvious way to check that without
2340 * automatically firing the dialog. Anyway, it works just fine. */
2341 if (interact_style == GNOME_INTERACT_ANY)
2342 gnome_client_request_interaction(client, GNOME_DIALOG_NORMAL,
2343 &sm_client_check_changed_any,
2344 NULL);
2345 out_flush();
2346 ml_sync_all(FALSE, FALSE); /* preserve all swap files */
2347
2348 /* The path is unique for each session save. We do neither know nor care
2349 * which session script will actually be used later. This decision is in
2350 * the domain of the session manager. */
2351 session_file = gnome_config_get_real_path(
2352 gnome_client_get_config_prefix(client));
2353 len = strlen(session_file);
2354
2355 if (len > 0 && session_file[len-1] == G_DIR_SEPARATOR)
2356 --len; /* get rid of the superfluous trailing '/' */
2357
2358 session_file = g_renew(char, session_file, len + sizeof(suffix));
2359 memcpy(session_file + len, suffix, sizeof(suffix));
2360
2361 success = write_session_file((char_u *)session_file);
2362
2363 if (success)
2364 {
2365 const char *argv[8];
2366 int i;
2367
2368 /* Tell the session manager how to wipe out the stored session data.
2369 * This isn't as dangerous as it looks, don't worry :) session_file
2370 * is a unique absolute filename. Usually it'll be something like
2371 * `/home/user/.gnome2/vim-XXXXXX-session.vim'. */
2372 i = 0;
2373 argv[i++] = "rm";
2374 argv[i++] = session_file;
2375 argv[i] = NULL;
2376
2377 gnome_client_set_discard_command(client, i, (char **)argv);
2378
2379 /* Tell the session manager how to restore the just saved session.
2380 * This is easily done thanks to Vim's -S option. Pass the -f flag
2381 * since there's no need to fork -- it might even cause confusion.
2382 * Also pass the window role to give the WM something to match on.
2383 * The role is set in gui_mch_open(), thus should _never_ be NULL. */
2384 i = 0;
2385 argv[i++] = restart_command;
2386 argv[i++] = "-f";
2387 argv[i++] = "-g";
2388# ifdef HAVE_GTK2
2389 argv[i++] = "--role";
2390 argv[i++] = gtk_window_get_role(GTK_WINDOW(gui.mainwin));
2391# endif
2392 argv[i++] = "-S";
2393 argv[i++] = session_file;
2394 argv[i] = NULL;
2395
2396 gnome_client_set_restart_command(client, i, (char **)argv);
2397 gnome_client_set_clone_command(client, 0, NULL);
2398 }
2399
2400 g_free(session_file);
2401
2402 return success;
2403}
2404
2405/*
2406 * Called when the session manager wants us to die. There isn't much to save
2407 * here since "save_yourself" has been emitted before (unless serious trouble
2408 * is happening).
2409 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002410 static void
2411sm_client_die(GnomeClient *client, gpointer data)
2412{
2413 /* Don't write messages to the GUI anymore */
2414 full_screen = FALSE;
2415
Bram Moolenaarc93e7912008-07-08 10:46:08 +00002416 vim_strncpy(IObuff, (char_u *)
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00002417 _("Vim: Received \"die\" request from session manager\n"),
Bram Moolenaarc93e7912008-07-08 10:46:08 +00002418 IOSIZE - 1);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002419 preserve_exit();
2420}
2421
2422/*
2423 * Connect our signal handlers to be notified on session save and shutdown.
2424 */
2425 static void
2426setup_save_yourself(void)
2427{
2428 GnomeClient *client;
2429
2430 client = gnome_master_client();
2431
2432 if (client != NULL)
2433 {
2434 /* Must use the deprecated gtk_signal_connect() for compatibility
2435 * with GNOME 1. Arrgh, zombies! */
2436 gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(client), "save_yourself",
2437 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(&sm_client_save_yourself), NULL);
2438 gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(client), "die",
2439 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(&sm_client_die), NULL);
2440 }
2441}
2442
2443#else /* !(FEAT_GUI_GNOME && FEAT_SESSION) */
2444
2445# ifdef USE_XSMP
2446/*
2447 * GTK tells us that XSMP needs attention
2448 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002449 static gboolean
2450local_xsmp_handle_requests(source, condition, data)
Bram Moolenaarb85cb212009-05-17 14:24:23 +00002451 GIOChannel *source UNUSED;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002452 GIOCondition condition;
2453 gpointer data;
2454{
2455 if (condition == G_IO_IN)
2456 {
2457 /* Do stuff; maybe close connection */
2458 if (xsmp_handle_requests() == FAIL)
2459 g_io_channel_unref((GIOChannel *)data);
2460 return TRUE;
2461 }
2462 /* Error */
2463 g_io_channel_unref((GIOChannel *)data);
2464 xsmp_close();
2465 return TRUE;
2466}
2467# endif /* USE_XSMP */
2468
2469/*
2470 * Setup the WM_PROTOCOLS to indicate we want the WM_SAVE_YOURSELF event.
2471 * This is an ugly use of X functions. GTK doesn't offer an alternative.
2472 */
2473 static void
2474setup_save_yourself(void)
2475{
2476 Atom *existing_atoms = NULL;
2477 int count = 0;
2478
2479#ifdef USE_XSMP
2480 if (xsmp_icefd != -1)
2481 {
2482 /*
2483 * Use XSMP is preference to legacy WM_SAVE_YOURSELF;
2484 * set up GTK IO monitor
2485 */
2486 GIOChannel *g_io = g_io_channel_unix_new(xsmp_icefd);
2487
2488 g_io_add_watch(g_io, G_IO_IN | G_IO_ERR | G_IO_HUP,
2489 local_xsmp_handle_requests, (gpointer)g_io);
2490 }
2491 else
2492#endif
2493 {
2494 /* Fall back to old method */
2495
2496 /* first get the existing value */
2497 if (XGetWMProtocols(GDK_WINDOW_XDISPLAY(gui.mainwin->window),
2498 GDK_WINDOW_XWINDOW(gui.mainwin->window),
2499 &existing_atoms, &count))
2500 {
2501 Atom *new_atoms;
2502 Atom save_yourself_xatom;
2503 int i;
2504
2505 save_yourself_xatom = GET_X_ATOM(save_yourself_atom);
2506
2507 /* check if WM_SAVE_YOURSELF isn't there yet */
2508 for (i = 0; i < count; ++i)
2509 if (existing_atoms[i] == save_yourself_xatom)
2510 break;
2511
2512 if (i == count)
2513 {
2514 /* allocate an Atoms array which is one item longer */
2515 new_atoms = (Atom *)alloc((unsigned)((count + 1)
2516 * sizeof(Atom)));
2517 if (new_atoms != NULL)
2518 {
2519 memcpy(new_atoms, existing_atoms, count * sizeof(Atom));
2520 new_atoms[count] = save_yourself_xatom;
2521 XSetWMProtocols(GDK_WINDOW_XDISPLAY(gui.mainwin->window),
2522 GDK_WINDOW_XWINDOW(gui.mainwin->window),
2523 new_atoms, count + 1);
2524 vim_free(new_atoms);
2525 }
2526 }
2527 XFree(existing_atoms);
2528 }
2529 }
2530}
2531
2532# ifdef HAVE_GTK2
2533/*
2534 * Installing a global event filter seems to be the only way to catch
2535 * client messages of type WM_PROTOCOLS without overriding GDK's own
2536 * client message event filter. Well, that's still better than trying
2537 * to guess what the GDK filter had done if it had been invoked instead
2538 * (This is what we did for GTK+ 1.2, see below).
2539 *
2540 * GTK2_FIXME: This doesn't seem to work. For some reason we never
2541 * receive WM_SAVE_YOURSELF even though everything is set up correctly.
2542 * I have the nasty feeling modern session managers just don't send this
2543 * deprecated message anymore. Addition: confirmed by several people.
2544 *
2545 * The GNOME session support is much cooler anyway. Unlike this ugly
2546 * WM_SAVE_YOURSELF hack it actually stores the session... And yes,
2547 * it should work with KDE as well.
2548 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002549 static GdkFilterReturn
Bram Moolenaarb85cb212009-05-17 14:24:23 +00002550global_event_filter(GdkXEvent *xev,
2551 GdkEvent *event UNUSED,
2552 gpointer data UNUSED)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002553{
2554 XEvent *xevent = (XEvent *)xev;
2555
2556 if (xevent != NULL
2557 && xevent->type == ClientMessage
2558 && xevent->xclient.message_type == GET_X_ATOM(wm_protocols_atom)
Bram Moolenaarb85cb212009-05-17 14:24:23 +00002559 && (long_u)xevent->xclient.data.l[0]
2560 == GET_X_ATOM(save_yourself_atom))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002561 {
2562 out_flush();
2563 ml_sync_all(FALSE, FALSE); /* preserve all swap files */
2564 /*
2565 * Set the window's WM_COMMAND property, to let the window manager
2566 * know we are done saving ourselves. We don't want to be
2567 * restarted, thus set argv to NULL.
2568 */
2569 XSetCommand(GDK_WINDOW_XDISPLAY(gui.mainwin->window),
2570 GDK_WINDOW_XWINDOW(gui.mainwin->window),
2571 NULL, 0);
2572 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE;
2573 }
2574
2575 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE;
2576}
2577
2578# else /* !HAVE_GTK2 */
2579
2580/*
2581 * GDK handler for X ClientMessage events.
2582 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002583 static GdkFilterReturn
2584gdk_wm_protocols_filter(GdkXEvent *xev, GdkEvent *event, gpointer data)
2585{
2586 /* From example in gdkevents.c/gdk_wm_protocols_filter */
2587 XEvent *xevent = (XEvent *)xev;
2588
2589 if (xevent != NULL)
2590 {
2591 if (xevent->xclient.data.l[0] == GET_X_ATOM(save_yourself_atom))
2592 {
2593 out_flush();
2594 ml_sync_all(FALSE, FALSE); /* preserve all swap files */
2595
2596 /* Set the window's WM_COMMAND property, to let the window manager
2597 * know we are done saving ourselves. We don't want to be
2598 * restarted, thus set argv to NULL. */
2599 XSetCommand(GDK_WINDOW_XDISPLAY(gui.mainwin->window),
2600 GDK_WINDOW_XWINDOW(gui.mainwin->window),
2601 NULL, 0);
2602 }
2603 /*
2604 * Functionality from gdkevents.c/gdk_wm_protocols_filter;
2605 * Registering this filter apparently overrides the default GDK one,
2606 * so we need to perform its functionality. There seems no way to
2607 * register for WM_PROTOCOLS, and only process the WM_SAVE_YOURSELF
2608 * bit; it's all or nothing. Update: No, there is a way -- but it
2609 * only works with GTK+ 2 apparently. See above.
2610 */
2611 else if (xevent->xclient.data.l[0] == GET_X_ATOM(gdk_wm_delete_window))
2612 {
2613 event->any.type = GDK_DELETE;
2614 return GDK_FILTER_TRANSLATE;
2615 }
2616 }
2617
2618 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE;
2619}
2620# endif /* !HAVE_GTK2 */
2621
2622#endif /* !(FEAT_GUI_GNOME && FEAT_SESSION) */
2623
2624
2625/*
2626 * Setup the window icon & xcmdsrv comm after the main window has been realized.
2627 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002628 static void
Bram Moolenaarb85cb212009-05-17 14:24:23 +00002629mainwin_realize(GtkWidget *widget UNUSED, gpointer data UNUSED)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002630{
2631/* If you get an error message here, you still need to unpack the runtime
2632 * archive! */
2633#ifdef magick
2634# undef magick
2635#endif
2636#ifdef HAVE_GTK2
2637 /* A bit hackish, but avoids casting later and allows optimization */
2638# define static static const
2639#endif
2640#define magick vim32x32
2641#include "../runtime/vim32x32.xpm"
2642#undef magick
2643#define magick vim16x16
2644#include "../runtime/vim16x16.xpm"
2645#undef magick
2646#define magick vim48x48
2647#include "../runtime/vim48x48.xpm"
2648#undef magick
2649#ifdef HAVE_GTK2
2650# undef static
2651#endif
2652
2653 /* When started with "--echo-wid" argument, write window ID on stdout. */
2654 if (echo_wid_arg)
2655 {
2656 printf("WID: %ld\n", (long)GDK_WINDOW_XWINDOW(gui.mainwin->window));
2657 fflush(stdout);
2658 }
2659
2660 if (vim_strchr(p_go, GO_ICON) != NULL)
2661 {
2662 /*
2663 * Add an icon to the main window. For fun and convenience of the user.
2664 */
2665#ifdef HAVE_GTK2
2666 GList *icons = NULL;
2667
2668 icons = g_list_prepend(icons, gdk_pixbuf_new_from_xpm_data(vim16x16));
2669 icons = g_list_prepend(icons, gdk_pixbuf_new_from_xpm_data(vim32x32));
2670 icons = g_list_prepend(icons, gdk_pixbuf_new_from_xpm_data(vim48x48));
2671
2672 gtk_window_set_icon_list(GTK_WINDOW(gui.mainwin), icons);
2673
2674 g_list_foreach(icons, (GFunc)&g_object_unref, NULL);
2675 g_list_free(icons);
2676
2677#else /* !HAVE_GTK2 */
2678
2679 GdkPixmap *icon;
2680 GdkBitmap *icon_mask = NULL;
2681 char **magick = vim32x32;
2682 Display *xdisplay;
2683 Window root_window;
2684 XIconSize *size;
2685 int number_sizes;
2686 /*
2687 * Adjust the icon to the preferences of the actual window manager.
Bram Moolenaar49325942007-05-10 19:19:59 +00002688 * This is once again a workaround for a deficiency in GTK+ 1.2.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002689 */
2690 xdisplay = GDK_WINDOW_XDISPLAY(gui.mainwin->window);
2691 root_window = XRootWindow(xdisplay, DefaultScreen(xdisplay));
2692 if (XGetIconSizes(xdisplay, root_window, &size, &number_sizes))
2693 {
2694 if (number_sizes > 0)
2695 {
2696 if (size->max_height >= 48 && size->max_height >= 48)
2697 magick = vim48x48;
2698 else if (size->max_height >= 32 && size->max_height >= 32)
2699 magick = vim32x32;
2700 else if (size->max_height >= 16 && size->max_height >= 16)
2701 magick = vim16x16;
2702 }
2703 XFree(size);
2704 }
2705 icon = gdk_pixmap_create_from_xpm_d(gui.mainwin->window,
2706 &icon_mask, NULL, magick);
2707 if (icon != NULL)
2708 /* Note: for some reason gdk_window_set_icon() doesn't acquire
2709 * a reference on the pixmap, thus we _have_ to leak it. */
2710 gdk_window_set_icon(gui.mainwin->window, NULL, icon, icon_mask);
2711
2712#endif /* !HAVE_GTK2 */
2713 }
2714
2715#if !(defined(FEAT_GUI_GNOME) && defined(FEAT_SESSION))
2716 /* Register a handler for WM_SAVE_YOURSELF with GDK's low-level X I/F */
2717# ifdef HAVE_GTK2
2718 gdk_window_add_filter(NULL, &global_event_filter, NULL);
2719# else
2720 gdk_add_client_message_filter(wm_protocols_atom,
2721 &gdk_wm_protocols_filter, NULL);
2722# endif
2723#endif
2724 /* Setup to indicate to the window manager that we want to catch the
2725 * WM_SAVE_YOURSELF event. For GNOME, this connects to the session
2726 * manager instead. */
2727#if defined(FEAT_GUI_GNOME) && defined(FEAT_SESSION)
2728 if (using_gnome)
2729#endif
2730 setup_save_yourself();
2731
2732#ifdef FEAT_CLIENTSERVER
2733 if (serverName == NULL && serverDelayedStartName != NULL)
2734 {
2735 /* This is a :gui command in a plain vim with no previous server */
2736 commWindow = GDK_WINDOW_XWINDOW(gui.mainwin->window);
2737
2738 (void)serverRegisterName(GDK_WINDOW_XDISPLAY(gui.mainwin->window),
2739 serverDelayedStartName);
2740 }
2741 else
2742 {
2743 /*
2744 * Cannot handle "XLib-only" windows with gtk event routines, we'll
2745 * have to change the "server" registration to that of the main window
2746 * If we have not registered a name yet, remember the window
2747 */
2748 serverChangeRegisteredWindow(GDK_WINDOW_XDISPLAY(gui.mainwin->window),
2749 GDK_WINDOW_XWINDOW(gui.mainwin->window));
2750 }
2751 gtk_widget_add_events(gui.mainwin, GDK_PROPERTY_CHANGE_MASK);
2752 gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(gui.mainwin), "property_notify_event",
2753 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(property_event), NULL);
2754#endif
2755}
2756
2757 static GdkCursor *
2758create_blank_pointer(void)
2759{
2760 GdkWindow *root_window = NULL;
2761 GdkPixmap *blank_mask;
2762 GdkCursor *cursor;
2763 GdkColor color = { 0, 0, 0, 0 };
2764 char blank_data[] = { 0x0 };
2765
2766#ifdef HAVE_GTK_MULTIHEAD
2767 root_window = gtk_widget_get_root_window(gui.mainwin);
2768#endif
2769
2770 /* Create a pseudo blank pointer, which is in fact one pixel by one pixel
2771 * in size. */
2772 blank_mask = gdk_bitmap_create_from_data(root_window, blank_data, 1, 1);
2773 cursor = gdk_cursor_new_from_pixmap(blank_mask, blank_mask,
2774 &color, &color, 0, 0);
2775 gdk_bitmap_unref(blank_mask);
2776
2777 return cursor;
2778}
2779
2780#ifdef HAVE_GTK_MULTIHEAD
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002781 static void
2782mainwin_screen_changed_cb(GtkWidget *widget,
Bram Moolenaarb85cb212009-05-17 14:24:23 +00002783 GdkScreen *previous_screen UNUSED,
2784 gpointer data UNUSED)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002785{
2786 if (!gtk_widget_has_screen(widget))
2787 return;
2788
2789 /*
Bram Moolenaar49325942007-05-10 19:19:59 +00002790 * Recreate the invisible mouse cursor.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002791 */
2792 if (gui.blank_pointer != NULL)
2793 gdk_cursor_unref(gui.blank_pointer);
2794
2795 gui.blank_pointer = create_blank_pointer();
2796
2797 if (gui.pointer_hidden && gui.drawarea->window != NULL)
2798 gdk_window_set_cursor(gui.drawarea->window, gui.blank_pointer);
2799
2800 /*
2801 * Create a new PangoContext for this screen, and initialize it
2802 * with the current font if necessary.
2803 */
2804 if (gui.text_context != NULL)
2805 g_object_unref(gui.text_context);
2806
2807 gui.text_context = gtk_widget_create_pango_context(widget);
2808 pango_context_set_base_dir(gui.text_context, PANGO_DIRECTION_LTR);
2809
2810 if (gui.norm_font != NULL)
2811 {
Bram Moolenaar46c9c732004-12-12 11:37:09 +00002812 gui_mch_init_font(p_guifont, FALSE);
Bram Moolenaar04a9d452006-03-27 21:03:26 +00002813 gui_set_shellsize(FALSE, FALSE, RESIZE_BOTH);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002814 }
2815}
2816#endif /* HAVE_GTK_MULTIHEAD */
2817
2818/*
2819 * After the drawing area comes up, we calculate all colors and create the
2820 * dummy blank cursor.
2821 *
2822 * Don't try to set any VIM scrollbar sizes anywhere here. I'm relying on the
2823 * fact that the main VIM engine doesn't take them into account anywhere.
2824 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002825 static void
Bram Moolenaarb85cb212009-05-17 14:24:23 +00002826drawarea_realize_cb(GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data UNUSED)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002827{
2828 GtkWidget *sbar;
2829
2830#ifdef FEAT_XIM
2831 xim_init();
2832#endif
2833 gui_mch_new_colors();
2834 gui.text_gc = gdk_gc_new(gui.drawarea->window);
2835
2836 gui.blank_pointer = create_blank_pointer();
2837 if (gui.pointer_hidden)
2838 gdk_window_set_cursor(widget->window, gui.blank_pointer);
2839
2840 /* get the actual size of the scrollbars, if they are realized */
2841 sbar = firstwin->w_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT].id;
2842 if (!sbar || (!gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT]
2843 && firstwin->w_scrollbars[SBAR_RIGHT].id))
2844 sbar = firstwin->w_scrollbars[SBAR_RIGHT].id;
2845 if (sbar && GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED(sbar) && sbar->allocation.width)
2846 gui.scrollbar_width = sbar->allocation.width;
2847
2848 sbar = gui.bottom_sbar.id;
2849 if (sbar && GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED(sbar) && sbar->allocation.height)
2850 gui.scrollbar_height = sbar->allocation.height;
2851}
2852
2853/*
2854 * Properly clean up on shutdown.
2855 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002856 static void
Bram Moolenaarb85cb212009-05-17 14:24:23 +00002857drawarea_unrealize_cb(GtkWidget *widget UNUSED, gpointer data UNUSED)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002858{
2859 /* Don't write messages to the GUI anymore */
2860 full_screen = FALSE;
2861
2862#ifdef FEAT_XIM
2863 im_shutdown();
2864#endif
2865#ifdef HAVE_GTK2
2866 if (gui.ascii_glyphs != NULL)
2867 {
2868 pango_glyph_string_free(gui.ascii_glyphs);
2869 gui.ascii_glyphs = NULL;
2870 }
2871 if (gui.ascii_font != NULL)
2872 {
2873 g_object_unref(gui.ascii_font);
2874 gui.ascii_font = NULL;
2875 }
2876 g_object_unref(gui.text_context);
2877 gui.text_context = NULL;
2878
2879 g_object_unref(gui.text_gc);
2880 gui.text_gc = NULL;
2881
2882 gdk_cursor_unref(gui.blank_pointer);
2883 gui.blank_pointer = NULL;
2884#else
2885 gdk_gc_unref(gui.text_gc);
2886 gui.text_gc = NULL;
2887
2888 gdk_cursor_destroy(gui.blank_pointer);
2889 gui.blank_pointer = NULL;
2890#endif
2891}
2892
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002893 static void
Bram Moolenaarb85cb212009-05-17 14:24:23 +00002894drawarea_style_set_cb(GtkWidget *widget UNUSED,
2895 GtkStyle *previous_style UNUSED,
2896 gpointer data UNUSED)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002897{
2898 gui_mch_new_colors();
2899}
2900
2901/*
2902 * Callback routine for the "delete_event" signal on the toplevel window.
2903 * Tries to vim gracefully, or refuses to exit with changed buffers.
2904 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002905 static gint
Bram Moolenaarb85cb212009-05-17 14:24:23 +00002906delete_event_cb(GtkWidget *widget UNUSED,
2907 GdkEventAny *event UNUSED,
2908 gpointer data UNUSED)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002909{
2910 gui_shell_closed();
2911 return TRUE;
2912}
2913
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00002914#if defined(FEAT_MENU) || defined(FEAT_TOOLBAR) || defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE)
2915 static int
2916get_item_dimensions(GtkWidget *widget, GtkOrientation orientation)
2917{
2918 GtkOrientation item_orientation = GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL;
2919
2920#ifdef FEAT_GUI_GNOME
2921 if (using_gnome && widget != NULL)
2922 {
2923# ifdef HAVE_GTK2
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00002924 GtkWidget *parent;
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00002925 BonoboDockItem *dockitem;
2926
Bram Moolenaarb3656ed2006-03-20 21:59:49 +00002927 parent = gtk_widget_get_parent(widget);
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00002928 if (G_TYPE_FROM_INSTANCE(parent) == BONOBO_TYPE_DOCK_ITEM)
2929 {
2930 /* Only menu & toolbar are dock items. Could tabline be?
2931 * Seem to be only the 2 defined in GNOME */
2932 widget = parent;
2933 dockitem = BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM(widget);
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00002934
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00002935 if (dockitem == NULL || dockitem->is_floating)
2936 return 0;
2937 item_orientation = bonobo_dock_item_get_orientation(dockitem);
2938 }
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00002939# else
2940 GnomeDockItem *dockitem;
2941
2942 widget = widget->parent;
2943 dockitem = GNOME_DOCK_ITEM(widget);
2944
2945 if (dockitem == NULL || dockitem->is_floating)
2946 return 0;
2947 item_orientation = gnome_dock_item_get_orientation(dockitem);
2948# endif
2949 }
2950#endif
2951 if (widget != NULL
2952 && item_orientation == orientation
2953 && GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED(widget)
2954 && GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE(widget))
2955 {
2956 if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
2957 return widget->allocation.height;
2958 else
2959 return widget->allocation.width;
2960 }
2961 return 0;
2962}
2963#endif
2964
2965 static int
2966get_menu_tool_width(void)
2967{
2968 int width = 0;
2969
2970#ifdef FEAT_GUI_GNOME /* these are never vertical without GNOME */
2971# ifdef FEAT_MENU
2972 width += get_item_dimensions(gui.menubar, GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL);
2973# endif
2974# ifdef FEAT_TOOLBAR
2975 width += get_item_dimensions(gui.toolbar, GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL);
2976# endif
2977# ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE
Bram Moolenaar97b2ad32006-03-18 21:40:56 +00002978 if (gui.tabline != NULL)
2979 width += get_item_dimensions(gui.tabline, GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL);
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00002980# endif
2981#endif
2982
2983 return width;
2984}
2985
2986 static int
2987get_menu_tool_height(void)
2988{
2989 int height = 0;
2990
2991#ifdef FEAT_MENU
2992 height += get_item_dimensions(gui.menubar, GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL);
2993#endif
2994#ifdef FEAT_TOOLBAR
2995 height += get_item_dimensions(gui.toolbar, GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL);
2996#endif
2997#ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE
Bram Moolenaar97b2ad32006-03-18 21:40:56 +00002998 if (gui.tabline != NULL)
2999 height += get_item_dimensions(gui.tabline, GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL);
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00003000#endif
3001
3002 return height;
3003}
3004
Bram Moolenaarb3656ed2006-03-20 21:59:49 +00003005/* This controls whether we can set the real window hints at
3006 * start-up when in a GtkPlug.
3007 * 0 = normal processing (default)
3008 * 1 = init. hints set, no-one's tried to reset since last check
3009 * 2 = init. hints set, attempt made to change hints
3010 */
3011static int init_window_hints_state = 0;
3012
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00003013 static void
Bram Moolenaarb3656ed2006-03-20 21:59:49 +00003014update_window_manager_hints(int force_width, int force_height)
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00003015{
3016 static int old_width = 0;
3017 static int old_height = 0;
Bram Moolenaarb3656ed2006-03-20 21:59:49 +00003018 static int old_min_width = 0;
3019 static int old_min_height = 0;
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00003020 static int old_char_width = 0;
3021 static int old_char_height = 0;
3022
3023 int width;
3024 int height;
Bram Moolenaarb3656ed2006-03-20 21:59:49 +00003025 int min_width;
3026 int min_height;
3027
3028 /* At start-up, don't try to set the hints until the initial
3029 * values have been used (those that dictate our initial size)
Bram Moolenaarb85cb212009-05-17 14:24:23 +00003030 * Let forced (i.e., correct) values through always.
Bram Moolenaarb3656ed2006-03-20 21:59:49 +00003031 */
3032 if (!(force_width && force_height) && init_window_hints_state > 0)
3033 {
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00003034 /* Don't do it! */
3035 init_window_hints_state = 2;
3036 return;
Bram Moolenaarb3656ed2006-03-20 21:59:49 +00003037 }
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00003038
3039 /* This also needs to be done when the main window isn't there yet,
3040 * otherwise the hints don't work. */
3041 width = gui_get_base_width();
3042 height = gui_get_base_height();
3043# ifdef FEAT_MENU
3044 height += tabline_height() * gui.char_height;
3045# endif
3046# ifdef HAVE_GTK2
3047 width += get_menu_tool_width();
3048 height += get_menu_tool_height();
3049# endif
3050
Bram Moolenaarb3656ed2006-03-20 21:59:49 +00003051 /* GtkSockets use GtkPlug's [gui,mainwin] min-size hints to determine
Bram Moolenaar49325942007-05-10 19:19:59 +00003052 * their actual widget size. When we set our size ourselves (e.g.,
Bram Moolenaarb3656ed2006-03-20 21:59:49 +00003053 * 'set columns=' or init. -geom) we briefly set the min. to the size
3054 * we wish to be instead of the legitimate minimum so that we actually
3055 * resize correctly.
3056 */
3057 if (force_width && force_height)
3058 {
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00003059 min_width = force_width;
3060 min_height = force_height;
Bram Moolenaarb3656ed2006-03-20 21:59:49 +00003061 }
3062 else
3063 {
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00003064 min_width = width + MIN_COLUMNS * gui.char_width;
3065 min_height = height + MIN_LINES * gui.char_height;
Bram Moolenaarb3656ed2006-03-20 21:59:49 +00003066 }
3067
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00003068 /* Avoid an expose event when the size didn't change. */
3069 if (width != old_width
3070 || height != old_height
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00003071 || min_width != old_min_width
Bram Moolenaarb3656ed2006-03-20 21:59:49 +00003072 || min_height != old_min_height
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00003073 || gui.char_width != old_char_width
3074 || gui.char_height != old_char_height)
3075 {
3076 GdkGeometry geometry;
3077 GdkWindowHints geometry_mask;
3078
3079 geometry.width_inc = gui.char_width;
3080 geometry.height_inc = gui.char_height;
3081 geometry.base_width = width;
3082 geometry.base_height = height;
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00003083 geometry.min_width = min_width;
3084 geometry.min_height = min_height;
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00003085 geometry_mask = GDK_HINT_BASE_SIZE|GDK_HINT_RESIZE_INC
3086 |GDK_HINT_MIN_SIZE;
3087# ifdef HAVE_GTK2
3088 /* Using gui.formwin as geometry widget doesn't work as expected
3089 * with GTK+ 2 -- dunno why. Presumably all the resizing hacks
3090 * in Vim confuse GTK+. */
3091 gtk_window_set_geometry_hints(GTK_WINDOW(gui.mainwin), gui.mainwin,
3092 &geometry, geometry_mask);
3093# else
3094 gtk_window_set_geometry_hints(GTK_WINDOW(gui.mainwin), gui.formwin,
3095 &geometry, geometry_mask);
3096# endif
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00003097 old_width = width;
3098 old_height = height;
3099 old_min_width = min_width;
3100 old_min_height = min_height;
3101 old_char_width = gui.char_width;
3102 old_char_height = gui.char_height;
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00003103 }
3104}
3105
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003106#ifdef FEAT_TOOLBAR
3107
3108# ifdef HAVE_GTK2
3109/*
3110 * This extra effort wouldn't be necessary if we only used stock icons in the
3111 * toolbar, as we do for all builtin icons. But user-defined toolbar icons
3112 * shouldn't be treated differently, thus we do need this.
3113 */
3114 static void
3115icon_size_changed_foreach(GtkWidget *widget, gpointer user_data)
3116{
3117 if (GTK_IS_IMAGE(widget))
3118 {
3119 GtkImage *image = (GtkImage *)widget;
3120
3121 /* User-defined icons are stored in a GtkIconSet */
3122 if (gtk_image_get_storage_type(image) == GTK_IMAGE_ICON_SET)
3123 {
3124 GtkIconSet *icon_set;
3125 GtkIconSize icon_size;
3126
3127 gtk_image_get_icon_set(image, &icon_set, &icon_size);
3128 icon_size = (GtkIconSize)(long)user_data;
3129
3130 gtk_icon_set_ref(icon_set);
3131 gtk_image_set_from_icon_set(image, icon_set, icon_size);
3132 gtk_icon_set_unref(icon_set);
3133 }
3134 }
3135 else if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER(widget))
3136 {
3137 gtk_container_foreach((GtkContainer *)widget,
3138 &icon_size_changed_foreach,
3139 user_data);
3140 }
3141}
3142# endif /* HAVE_GTK2 */
3143
3144 static void
3145set_toolbar_style(GtkToolbar *toolbar)
3146{
3147 GtkToolbarStyle style;
3148# ifdef HAVE_GTK2
3149 GtkIconSize size;
3150 GtkIconSize oldsize;
3151# endif
3152
3153# ifdef HAVE_GTK2
3154 if ((toolbar_flags & (TOOLBAR_TEXT | TOOLBAR_ICONS | TOOLBAR_HORIZ))
3155 == (TOOLBAR_TEXT | TOOLBAR_ICONS | TOOLBAR_HORIZ))
3156 style = GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ;
3157 else
3158# endif
3159 if ((toolbar_flags & (TOOLBAR_TEXT | TOOLBAR_ICONS))
3160 == (TOOLBAR_TEXT | TOOLBAR_ICONS))
3161 style = GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH;
3162 else if (toolbar_flags & TOOLBAR_TEXT)
3163 style = GTK_TOOLBAR_TEXT;
3164 else
3165 style = GTK_TOOLBAR_ICONS;
3166
3167 gtk_toolbar_set_style(toolbar, style);
3168 gtk_toolbar_set_tooltips(toolbar, (toolbar_flags & TOOLBAR_TOOLTIPS) != 0);
3169
3170# ifdef HAVE_GTK2
3171 switch (tbis_flags)
3172 {
3173 case TBIS_TINY: size = GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU; break;
3174 case TBIS_SMALL: size = GTK_ICON_SIZE_SMALL_TOOLBAR; break;
3175 case TBIS_MEDIUM: size = GTK_ICON_SIZE_BUTTON; break;
3176 case TBIS_LARGE: size = GTK_ICON_SIZE_LARGE_TOOLBAR; break;
3177 default: size = GTK_ICON_SIZE_INVALID; break;
3178 }
3179 oldsize = gtk_toolbar_get_icon_size(toolbar);
3180
3181 if (size == GTK_ICON_SIZE_INVALID)
3182 {
3183 /* Let global user preferences decide the icon size. */
3184 gtk_toolbar_unset_icon_size(toolbar);
3185 size = gtk_toolbar_get_icon_size(toolbar);
3186 }
3187 if (size != oldsize)
3188 {
3189 gtk_container_foreach(GTK_CONTAINER(toolbar),
3190 &icon_size_changed_foreach,
3191 GINT_TO_POINTER((int)size));
3192 }
3193 gtk_toolbar_set_icon_size(toolbar, size);
3194# endif
3195}
3196
3197#endif /* FEAT_TOOLBAR */
3198
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00003199#if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO)
3200static int ignore_tabline_evt = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaara5621492006-02-25 21:55:24 +00003201static GtkWidget *tabline_menu;
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003202static GtkTooltips *tabline_tooltip;
Bram Moolenaara5621492006-02-25 21:55:24 +00003203static int clicked_page; /* page clicked in tab line */
3204
3205/*
3206 * Handle selecting an item in the tab line popup menu.
3207 */
Bram Moolenaara5621492006-02-25 21:55:24 +00003208 static void
Bram Moolenaarb85cb212009-05-17 14:24:23 +00003209tabline_menu_handler(GtkMenuItem *item UNUSED, gpointer user_data)
Bram Moolenaara5621492006-02-25 21:55:24 +00003210{
Bram Moolenaara5621492006-02-25 21:55:24 +00003211 /* Add the string cmd into input buffer */
Bram Moolenaarc6fe9192006-04-09 21:54:49 +00003212 send_tabline_menu_event(clicked_page, (int)(long)user_data);
Bram Moolenaara5621492006-02-25 21:55:24 +00003213
3214 if (gtk_main_level() > 0)
3215 gtk_main_quit();
3216}
3217
Bram Moolenaar8ea91232006-04-28 22:41:43 +00003218 static void
3219add_tabline_menu_item(GtkWidget *menu, char_u *text, int resp)
3220{
3221 GtkWidget *item;
3222 char_u *utf_text;
3223
3224 utf_text = CONVERT_TO_UTF8(text);
3225 item = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label((const char *)utf_text);
3226 gtk_widget_show(item);
3227 CONVERT_TO_UTF8_FREE(utf_text);
3228
3229 gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(menu), item);
3230 gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(item), "activate",
3231 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(tabline_menu_handler),
Bram Moolenaar47b46d72008-07-02 19:05:48 +00003232 (gpointer)(long)resp);
Bram Moolenaar8ea91232006-04-28 22:41:43 +00003233}
3234
Bram Moolenaara5621492006-02-25 21:55:24 +00003235/*
Bram Moolenaara5621492006-02-25 21:55:24 +00003236 * Create a menu for the tab line.
3237 */
3238 static GtkWidget *
3239create_tabline_menu(void)
3240{
Bram Moolenaar8ea91232006-04-28 22:41:43 +00003241 GtkWidget *menu;
Bram Moolenaara5621492006-02-25 21:55:24 +00003242
3243 menu = gtk_menu_new();
Bram Moolenaar8ea91232006-04-28 22:41:43 +00003244 add_tabline_menu_item(menu, (char_u *)_("Close"), TABLINE_MENU_CLOSE);
3245 add_tabline_menu_item(menu, (char_u *)_("New tab"), TABLINE_MENU_NEW);
3246 add_tabline_menu_item(menu, (char_u *)_("Open Tab..."), TABLINE_MENU_OPEN);
Bram Moolenaara5621492006-02-25 21:55:24 +00003247
3248 return menu;
3249}
3250
3251 static gboolean
3252on_tabline_menu(GtkWidget *widget, GdkEvent *event)
3253{
3254 /* Was this button press event ? */
3255 if (event->type == GDK_BUTTON_PRESS)
3256 {
3257 GdkEventButton *bevent = (GdkEventButton *)event;
3258 int x = bevent->x;
Bram Moolenaar8ea91232006-04-28 22:41:43 +00003259 int y = bevent->y;
3260 GtkWidget *tabwidget;
3261 GdkWindow *tabwin;
Bram Moolenaara5621492006-02-25 21:55:24 +00003262
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +00003263 /* When ignoring events return TRUE so that the selected page doesn't
3264 * change. */
3265 if (hold_gui_events
3266# ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
3267 || cmdwin_type != 0
3268# endif
3269 )
3270 return TRUE;
3271
Bram Moolenaar8ea91232006-04-28 22:41:43 +00003272 tabwin = gdk_window_at_pointer(&x, &y);
3273 gdk_window_get_user_data(tabwin, (gpointer)&tabwidget);
3274 clicked_page = (int)(long)gtk_object_get_user_data(
3275 GTK_OBJECT(tabwidget));
Bram Moolenaara5621492006-02-25 21:55:24 +00003276
3277 /* If the event was generated for 3rd button popup the menu. */
3278 if (bevent->button == 3)
3279 {
3280 gtk_menu_popup(GTK_MENU(widget), NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL,
3281 bevent->button, bevent->time);
3282 /* We handled the event. */
3283 return TRUE;
3284 }
Bram Moolenaar96351572006-05-05 21:16:59 +00003285 else if (bevent->button == 1)
Bram Moolenaareddf53b2006-02-27 00:11:10 +00003286 {
Bram Moolenaar96351572006-05-05 21:16:59 +00003287 if (clicked_page == 0)
3288 {
Bram Moolenaar07354542007-09-15 12:07:46 +00003289 /* Click after all tabs moves to next tab page. When "x" is
3290 * small guess it's the left button. */
3291 if (send_tabline_event(x < 50 ? -1 : 0) && gtk_main_level() > 0)
Bram Moolenaar96351572006-05-05 21:16:59 +00003292 gtk_main_quit();
3293 }
3294#ifndef HAVE_GTK2
3295 else
3296 gtk_notebook_set_page(GTK_NOTEBOOK(gui.tabline),
3297 clicked_page - 1);
3298#endif
Bram Moolenaareddf53b2006-02-27 00:11:10 +00003299 }
Bram Moolenaara5621492006-02-25 21:55:24 +00003300 }
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +00003301
Bram Moolenaara5621492006-02-25 21:55:24 +00003302 /* We didn't handle the event. */
3303 return FALSE;
3304}
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00003305
3306/*
3307 * Handle selecting one of the tabs.
3308 */
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00003309 static void
3310on_select_tab(
Bram Moolenaarb85cb212009-05-17 14:24:23 +00003311 GtkNotebook *notebook UNUSED,
3312 GtkNotebookPage *page UNUSED,
Bram Moolenaar89d40322006-08-29 15:30:07 +00003313 gint idx,
Bram Moolenaarb85cb212009-05-17 14:24:23 +00003314 gpointer data UNUSED)
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00003315{
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00003316 if (!ignore_tabline_evt)
Bram Moolenaareddf53b2006-02-27 00:11:10 +00003317 {
Bram Moolenaar89d40322006-08-29 15:30:07 +00003318 if (send_tabline_event(idx + 1) && gtk_main_level() > 0)
Bram Moolenaareddf53b2006-02-27 00:11:10 +00003319 gtk_main_quit();
3320 }
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00003321}
3322
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00003323#ifndef HAVE_GTK2
3324static int showing_tabline = 0;
3325#endif
3326
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00003327/*
3328 * Show or hide the tabline.
3329 */
3330 void
3331gui_mch_show_tabline(int showit)
3332{
3333 if (gui.tabline == NULL)
3334 return;
3335
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00003336#ifdef HAVE_GTK2
3337 /* gtk_notebook_get_show_tabs does not exist in gtk+-1.2.10 */
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00003338 if (!showit != !gtk_notebook_get_show_tabs(GTK_NOTEBOOK(gui.tabline)))
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00003339#else
3340 if (!showit != !showing_tabline)
3341#endif
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00003342 {
Bram Moolenaar3517bb12006-03-03 22:58:45 +00003343 /* Note: this may cause a resize event */
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00003344 gtk_notebook_set_show_tabs(GTK_NOTEBOOK(gui.tabline), showit);
Bram Moolenaarb3656ed2006-03-20 21:59:49 +00003345 update_window_manager_hints(0, 0);
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00003346#ifndef HAVE_GTK2
3347 showing_tabline = showit;
3348#endif
Bram Moolenaar96351572006-05-05 21:16:59 +00003349 if (showit)
3350 GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS(GTK_WIDGET(gui.tabline), GTK_CAN_FOCUS);
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00003351 }
Bram Moolenaar96351572006-05-05 21:16:59 +00003352
3353 gui_mch_update();
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00003354}
3355
3356/*
Bram Moolenaar3517bb12006-03-03 22:58:45 +00003357 * Return TRUE when tabline is displayed.
3358 */
3359 int
3360gui_mch_showing_tabline(void)
3361{
3362 return gui.tabline != NULL
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00003363#ifdef HAVE_GTK2
3364 /* gtk_notebook_get_show_tabs does not exist in gtk+-1.2.10 */
3365 && gtk_notebook_get_show_tabs(GTK_NOTEBOOK(gui.tabline))
3366#else
3367 && showing_tabline
3368#endif
3369 ;
Bram Moolenaar3517bb12006-03-03 22:58:45 +00003370}
3371
3372/*
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00003373 * Update the labels of the tabline.
3374 */
3375 void
3376gui_mch_update_tabline(void)
3377{
3378 GtkWidget *page;
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003379 GtkWidget *event_box;
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00003380 GtkWidget *label;
3381 tabpage_T *tp;
3382 int nr = 0;
Bram Moolenaar8ea91232006-04-28 22:41:43 +00003383 int tab_num;
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00003384 int curtabidx = 0;
Bram Moolenaarc1e37902006-04-18 21:55:01 +00003385 char_u *labeltext;
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00003386
3387 if (gui.tabline == NULL)
3388 return;
3389
3390 ignore_tabline_evt = TRUE;
3391
3392 /* Add a label for each tab page. They all contain the same text area. */
3393 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL; tp = tp->tp_next, ++nr)
3394 {
3395 if (tp == curtab)
3396 curtabidx = nr;
3397
Bram Moolenaar8ea91232006-04-28 22:41:43 +00003398 tab_num = nr + 1;
3399
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00003400 page = gtk_notebook_get_nth_page(GTK_NOTEBOOK(gui.tabline), nr);
3401 if (page == NULL)
3402 {
3403 /* Add notebook page */
3404 page = gtk_vbox_new(FALSE, 0);
3405 gtk_widget_show(page);
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003406 event_box = gtk_event_box_new();
3407 gtk_widget_show(event_box);
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00003408 label = gtk_label_new("-Empty-");
Bram Moolenaar8ea91232006-04-28 22:41:43 +00003409 gtk_misc_set_padding(GTK_MISC(label), 2, 2);
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003410 gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(event_box), label);
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00003411 gtk_widget_show(label);
3412 gtk_notebook_insert_page(GTK_NOTEBOOK(gui.tabline),
3413 page,
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003414 event_box,
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00003415 nr++);
3416 }
3417
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003418 event_box = gtk_notebook_get_tab_label(GTK_NOTEBOOK(gui.tabline), page);
Bram Moolenaar47b46d72008-07-02 19:05:48 +00003419 gtk_object_set_user_data(GTK_OBJECT(event_box),
3420 (gpointer)(long)tab_num);
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003421 label = GTK_BIN(event_box)->child;
Bram Moolenaar57657d82006-04-21 22:12:41 +00003422 get_tabline_label(tp, FALSE);
Bram Moolenaarc1e37902006-04-18 21:55:01 +00003423 labeltext = CONVERT_TO_UTF8(NameBuff);
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003424 gtk_label_set_text(GTK_LABEL(label), (const char *)labeltext);
Bram Moolenaarc1e37902006-04-18 21:55:01 +00003425 CONVERT_TO_UTF8_FREE(labeltext);
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003426
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003427 get_tabline_label(tp, TRUE);
3428 labeltext = CONVERT_TO_UTF8(NameBuff);
3429 gtk_tooltips_set_tip(GTK_TOOLTIPS(tabline_tooltip), event_box,
3430 (const char *)labeltext, NULL);
3431 CONVERT_TO_UTF8_FREE(labeltext);
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00003432 }
3433
3434 /* Remove any old labels. */
3435 while (gtk_notebook_get_nth_page(GTK_NOTEBOOK(gui.tabline), nr) != NULL)
3436 gtk_notebook_remove_page(GTK_NOTEBOOK(gui.tabline), nr);
3437
3438 if (gtk_notebook_current_page(GTK_NOTEBOOK(gui.tabline)) != curtabidx)
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00003439 gtk_notebook_set_page(GTK_NOTEBOOK(gui.tabline), curtabidx);
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00003440
Bram Moolenaar8ea91232006-04-28 22:41:43 +00003441 /* Make sure everything is in place before drawing text. */
3442 gui_mch_update();
3443
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00003444 ignore_tabline_evt = FALSE;
3445}
3446
3447/*
3448 * Set the current tab to "nr". First tab is 1.
3449 */
3450 void
3451gui_mch_set_curtab(nr)
3452 int nr;
3453{
3454 if (gui.tabline == NULL)
3455 return;
3456
3457 ignore_tabline_evt = TRUE;
3458 if (gtk_notebook_current_page(GTK_NOTEBOOK(gui.tabline)) != nr - 1)
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00003459 gtk_notebook_set_page(GTK_NOTEBOOK(gui.tabline), nr - 1);
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00003460 ignore_tabline_evt = FALSE;
3461}
3462
3463#endif /* FEAT_GUI_TABLINE */
3464
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003465/*
3466 * Initialize the GUI. Create all the windows, set up all the callbacks etc.
3467 * Returns OK for success, FAIL when the GUI can't be started.
3468 */
3469 int
3470gui_mch_init(void)
3471{
3472 GtkWidget *vbox;
3473
3474#ifdef FEAT_GUI_GNOME
3475 /* Initialize the GNOME libraries. gnome_program_init()/gnome_init()
3476 * exits on failure, but that's a non-issue because we already called
3477 * gtk_init_check() in gui_mch_init_check(). */
3478 if (using_gnome)
3479# ifdef HAVE_GTK2
3480 gnome_program_init(VIMPACKAGE, VIM_VERSION_SHORT,
3481 LIBGNOMEUI_MODULE, gui_argc, gui_argv, NULL);
3482# else
3483 gnome_init(VIMPACKAGE, VIM_VERSION_SHORT, gui_argc, gui_argv);
3484# endif
3485#endif
3486 vim_free(gui_argv);
3487 gui_argv = NULL;
3488
3489#ifdef HAVE_GTK2
3490# if GLIB_CHECK_VERSION(2,1,3)
3491 /* Set the human-readable application name */
3492 g_set_application_name("Vim");
3493# endif
3494 /*
3495 * Force UTF-8 output no matter what the value of 'encoding' is.
3496 * did_set_string_option() in option.c prohibits changing 'termencoding'
3497 * to something else than UTF-8 if the GUI is in use.
3498 */
3499 set_option_value((char_u *)"termencoding", 0L, (char_u *)"utf-8", 0);
3500
3501# ifdef FEAT_TOOLBAR
3502 gui_gtk_register_stock_icons();
3503# endif
3504 /* FIXME: Need to install the classic icons and a gtkrc.classic file.
3505 * The hard part is deciding install locations and the Makefile magic. */
3506# if 0
3507 gtk_rc_parse("gtkrc");
3508# endif
3509#endif
3510
3511 /* Initialize values */
3512 gui.border_width = 2;
3513 gui.scrollbar_width = SB_DEFAULT_WIDTH;
3514 gui.scrollbar_height = SB_DEFAULT_WIDTH;
Bram Moolenaarb71ec9f2005-01-25 22:22:02 +00003515 /* LINTED: avoid warning: conversion to 'unsigned long' */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003516 gui.fgcolor = g_new0(GdkColor, 1);
Bram Moolenaarb71ec9f2005-01-25 22:22:02 +00003517 /* LINTED: avoid warning: conversion to 'unsigned long' */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003518 gui.bgcolor = g_new0(GdkColor, 1);
Bram Moolenaarf36d3692005-03-15 22:48:14 +00003519 /* LINTED: avoid warning: conversion to 'unsigned long' */
3520 gui.spcolor = g_new0(GdkColor, 1);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003521
3522 /* Initialise atoms */
3523#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar3a6eaa52009-06-16 13:23:06 +00003524 html_atom = gdk_atom_intern("text/html", FALSE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003525 utf8_string_atom = gdk_atom_intern("UTF8_STRING", FALSE);
3526#endif
3527#ifndef HAVE_GTK2
3528 compound_text_atom = gdk_atom_intern("COMPOUND_TEXT", FALSE);
3529 text_atom = gdk_atom_intern("TEXT", FALSE);
3530#endif
3531
3532 /* Set default foreground and background colors. */
3533 gui.norm_pixel = gui.def_norm_pixel;
3534 gui.back_pixel = gui.def_back_pixel;
3535
3536 if (gtk_socket_id != 0)
3537 {
3538 GtkWidget *plug;
3539
3540 /* Use GtkSocket from another app. */
3541#ifdef HAVE_GTK_MULTIHEAD
3542 plug = gtk_plug_new_for_display(gdk_display_get_default(),
3543 gtk_socket_id);
3544#else
3545 plug = gtk_plug_new(gtk_socket_id);
3546#endif
3547 if (plug != NULL && GTK_PLUG(plug)->socket_window != NULL)
3548 {
3549 gui.mainwin = plug;
3550 }
3551 else
3552 {
3553 g_warning("Connection to GTK+ socket (ID %u) failed",
3554 (unsigned int)gtk_socket_id);
3555 /* Pretend we never wanted it if it failed (get own window) */
3556 gtk_socket_id = 0;
3557 }
3558 }
3559
3560 if (gtk_socket_id == 0)
3561 {
3562#ifdef FEAT_GUI_GNOME
3563 if (using_gnome)
3564 {
3565 gui.mainwin = gnome_app_new("Vim", NULL);
3566# ifdef USE_XSMP
3567 /* Use the GNOME save-yourself functionality now. */
3568 xsmp_close();
3569# endif
3570 }
3571 else
3572#endif
3573 gui.mainwin = gtk_window_new(GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL);
3574 }
3575
3576 gtk_widget_set_name(gui.mainwin, "vim-main-window");
3577
3578#ifdef HAVE_GTK2
3579 /* Create the PangoContext used for drawing all text. */
3580 gui.text_context = gtk_widget_create_pango_context(gui.mainwin);
3581 pango_context_set_base_dir(gui.text_context, PANGO_DIRECTION_LTR);
3582#endif
3583
3584#ifndef HAVE_GTK2
3585 gtk_window_set_policy(GTK_WINDOW(gui.mainwin), TRUE, TRUE, TRUE);
3586#endif
3587 gtk_container_border_width(GTK_CONTAINER(gui.mainwin), 0);
3588 gtk_widget_add_events(gui.mainwin, GDK_VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_MASK);
3589
3590 gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(gui.mainwin), "delete_event",
3591 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(&delete_event_cb), NULL);
3592
3593 gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(gui.mainwin), "realize",
3594 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(&mainwin_realize), NULL);
3595#ifdef HAVE_GTK_MULTIHEAD
3596 g_signal_connect(G_OBJECT(gui.mainwin), "screen_changed",
3597 G_CALLBACK(&mainwin_screen_changed_cb), NULL);
3598#endif
3599#ifdef HAVE_GTK2
3600 gui.accel_group = gtk_accel_group_new();
3601 gtk_window_add_accel_group(GTK_WINDOW(gui.mainwin), gui.accel_group);
3602#else
3603 gui.accel_group = gtk_accel_group_get_default();
3604#endif
3605
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00003606 /* A vertical box holds the menubar, toolbar and main text window. */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003607 vbox = gtk_vbox_new(FALSE, 0);
3608
3609#ifdef FEAT_GUI_GNOME
3610 if (using_gnome)
3611 {
3612# if defined(HAVE_GTK2) && defined(FEAT_MENU)
3613 /* automagically restore menubar/toolbar placement */
3614 gnome_app_enable_layout_config(GNOME_APP(gui.mainwin), TRUE);
3615# endif
3616 gnome_app_set_contents(GNOME_APP(gui.mainwin), vbox);
3617 }
3618 else
3619#endif
3620 {
3621 gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(gui.mainwin), vbox);
3622 gtk_widget_show(vbox);
3623 }
3624
3625#ifdef FEAT_MENU
3626 /*
3627 * Create the menubar and handle
3628 */
3629 gui.menubar = gtk_menu_bar_new();
3630 gtk_widget_set_name(gui.menubar, "vim-menubar");
3631
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00003632# ifdef HAVE_GTK2
3633 /* Avoid that GTK takes <F10> away from us. */
3634 {
3635 GtkSettings *gtk_settings;
3636
3637 gtk_settings = gtk_settings_get_for_screen(gdk_screen_get_default());
3638 g_object_set(gtk_settings, "gtk-menu-bar-accel", NULL, NULL);
3639 }
3640# endif
3641
3642
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003643# ifdef FEAT_GUI_GNOME
3644 if (using_gnome)
3645 {
3646# ifdef HAVE_GTK2
3647 BonoboDockItem *dockitem;
3648
3649 gnome_app_set_menus(GNOME_APP(gui.mainwin), GTK_MENU_BAR(gui.menubar));
3650 dockitem = gnome_app_get_dock_item_by_name(GNOME_APP(gui.mainwin),
3651 GNOME_APP_MENUBAR_NAME);
Bram Moolenaardb552d602006-03-23 22:59:57 +00003652 /* We don't want the menu to float. */
3653 bonobo_dock_item_set_behavior(dockitem,
3654 bonobo_dock_item_get_behavior(dockitem)
3655 | BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM_BEH_NEVER_FLOATING);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003656 gui.menubar_h = GTK_WIDGET(dockitem);
3657# else
3658 gui.menubar_h = gnome_dock_item_new("VimMainMenu",
3659 GNOME_DOCK_ITEM_BEH_EXCLUSIVE |
3660 GNOME_DOCK_ITEM_BEH_NEVER_VERTICAL);
3661 gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(gui.menubar_h), gui.menubar);
3662
3663 gnome_dock_add_item(GNOME_DOCK(GNOME_APP(gui.mainwin)->dock),
3664 GNOME_DOCK_ITEM(gui.menubar_h),
3665 GNOME_DOCK_TOP, /* placement */
3666 1, /* band_num */
3667 0, /* band_position */
3668 0, /* offset */
3669 TRUE);
3670 gtk_widget_show(gui.menubar);
3671# endif
3672 }
3673 else
3674# endif /* FEAT_GUI_GNOME */
3675 {
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00003676 /* Always show the menubar, otherwise <F10> doesn't work. It may be
3677 * disabled in gui_init() later. */
3678 gtk_widget_show(gui.menubar);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003679 gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(vbox), gui.menubar, FALSE, FALSE, 0);
3680 }
3681#endif /* FEAT_MENU */
3682
3683#ifdef FEAT_TOOLBAR
3684 /*
3685 * Create the toolbar and handle
3686 */
3687# ifdef HAVE_GTK2
3688 /* some aesthetics on the toolbar */
3689 gtk_rc_parse_string(
3690 "style \"vim-toolbar-style\" {\n"
3691 " GtkToolbar::button_relief = GTK_RELIEF_NONE\n"
3692 "}\n"
3693 "widget \"*.vim-toolbar\" style \"vim-toolbar-style\"\n");
3694 gui.toolbar = gtk_toolbar_new();
3695 gtk_widget_set_name(gui.toolbar, "vim-toolbar");
3696# else
3697 gui.toolbar = gtk_toolbar_new(GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL,
3698 GTK_TOOLBAR_ICONS);
3699 gtk_toolbar_set_button_relief(GTK_TOOLBAR(gui.toolbar), GTK_RELIEF_NONE);
3700# endif
3701 set_toolbar_style(GTK_TOOLBAR(gui.toolbar));
3702
3703# ifdef FEAT_GUI_GNOME
3704 if (using_gnome)
3705 {
3706# ifdef HAVE_GTK2
3707 BonoboDockItem *dockitem;
3708
3709 gnome_app_set_toolbar(GNOME_APP(gui.mainwin), GTK_TOOLBAR(gui.toolbar));
3710 dockitem = gnome_app_get_dock_item_by_name(GNOME_APP(gui.mainwin),
3711 GNOME_APP_TOOLBAR_NAME);
3712 gui.toolbar_h = GTK_WIDGET(dockitem);
Bram Moolenaare580b0c2006-03-21 21:33:03 +00003713 /* When the toolbar is floating it gets stuck. So long as that isn't
Bram Moolenaardb552d602006-03-23 22:59:57 +00003714 * fixed let's disallow floating. */
Bram Moolenaare580b0c2006-03-21 21:33:03 +00003715 bonobo_dock_item_set_behavior(dockitem,
Bram Moolenaardb552d602006-03-23 22:59:57 +00003716 bonobo_dock_item_get_behavior(dockitem)
3717 | BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM_BEH_NEVER_FLOATING);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003718 gtk_container_set_border_width(GTK_CONTAINER(gui.toolbar), 0);
3719# else
3720 GtkWidget *dockitem;
3721
3722 dockitem = gnome_dock_item_new("VimToolBar",
3723 GNOME_DOCK_ITEM_BEH_EXCLUSIVE);
3724 gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(dockitem), GTK_WIDGET(gui.toolbar));
3725 gui.toolbar_h = dockitem;
3726
3727 gnome_dock_add_item(GNOME_DOCK(GNOME_APP(gui.mainwin)->dock),
3728 GNOME_DOCK_ITEM(dockitem),
3729 GNOME_DOCK_TOP, /* placement */
3730 1, /* band_num */
3731 1, /* band_position */
3732 0, /* offset */
3733 TRUE);
3734 gtk_container_border_width(GTK_CONTAINER(gui.toolbar), 2);
3735 gtk_widget_show(gui.toolbar);
3736# endif
3737 }
3738 else
3739# endif /* FEAT_GUI_GNOME */
3740 {
3741# ifndef HAVE_GTK2
3742 gtk_container_border_width(GTK_CONTAINER(gui.toolbar), 1);
3743# endif
3744 if (vim_strchr(p_go, GO_TOOLBAR) != NULL
3745 && (toolbar_flags & (TOOLBAR_TEXT | TOOLBAR_ICONS)))
3746 gtk_widget_show(gui.toolbar);
3747 gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(vbox), gui.toolbar, FALSE, FALSE, 0);
3748 }
3749#endif /* FEAT_TOOLBAR */
3750
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00003751#ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE
Bram Moolenaar97b2ad32006-03-18 21:40:56 +00003752 /*
3753 * Use a Notebook for the tab pages labels. The labels are hidden by
3754 * default.
Bram Moolenaar97b2ad32006-03-18 21:40:56 +00003755 */
Bram Moolenaarb3656ed2006-03-20 21:59:49 +00003756 gui.tabline = gtk_notebook_new();
3757 gtk_widget_show(gui.tabline);
3758 gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(vbox), gui.tabline, FALSE, FALSE, 0);
3759 gtk_notebook_set_show_border(GTK_NOTEBOOK(gui.tabline), FALSE);
3760 gtk_notebook_set_show_tabs(GTK_NOTEBOOK(gui.tabline), FALSE);
Bram Moolenaar4a85b412006-04-23 22:40:29 +00003761 gtk_notebook_set_scrollable(GTK_NOTEBOOK(gui.tabline), TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar96351572006-05-05 21:16:59 +00003762 gtk_notebook_set_tab_border(GTK_NOTEBOOK(gui.tabline), FALSE);
Bram Moolenaarb3656ed2006-03-20 21:59:49 +00003763
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003764 tabline_tooltip = gtk_tooltips_new();
3765 gtk_tooltips_enable(GTK_TOOLTIPS(tabline_tooltip));
3766
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00003767 {
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003768 GtkWidget *page, *label, *event_box;
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00003769
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00003770 /* Add the first tab. */
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003771 page = gtk_vbox_new(FALSE, 0);
3772 gtk_widget_show(page);
3773 gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(gui.tabline), page);
3774 label = gtk_label_new("-Empty-");
3775 gtk_widget_show(label);
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003776 event_box = gtk_event_box_new();
3777 gtk_widget_show(event_box);
Bram Moolenaar47b46d72008-07-02 19:05:48 +00003778 gtk_object_set_user_data(GTK_OBJECT(event_box), (gpointer)1L);
Bram Moolenaar8ea91232006-04-28 22:41:43 +00003779 gtk_misc_set_padding(GTK_MISC(label), 2, 2);
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003780 gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(event_box), label);
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003781 gtk_notebook_set_tab_label(GTK_NOTEBOOK(gui.tabline), page, event_box);
Bram Moolenaar97b2ad32006-03-18 21:40:56 +00003782 }
Bram Moolenaar54a709e2006-05-04 21:57:11 +00003783
Bram Moolenaarb3656ed2006-03-20 21:59:49 +00003784 gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(gui.tabline), "switch_page",
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00003785 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(on_select_tab), NULL);
Bram Moolenaarb3656ed2006-03-20 21:59:49 +00003786
3787 /* Create a popup menu for the tab line and connect it. */
3788 tabline_menu = create_tabline_menu();
3789 gtk_signal_connect_object(GTK_OBJECT(gui.tabline), "button_press_event",
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00003790 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(on_tabline_menu), GTK_OBJECT(tabline_menu));
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00003791#endif
3792
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003793 gui.formwin = gtk_form_new();
3794 gtk_container_border_width(GTK_CONTAINER(gui.formwin), 0);
3795 gtk_widget_set_events(gui.formwin, GDK_EXPOSURE_MASK);
3796
3797 gui.drawarea = gtk_drawing_area_new();
3798
3799 /* Determine which events we will filter. */
3800 gtk_widget_set_events(gui.drawarea,
3801 GDK_EXPOSURE_MASK |
3802 GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY_MASK |
3803 GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK |
3804 GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK |
3805 GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE_MASK |
3806#ifdef HAVE_GTK2
3807 GDK_SCROLL_MASK |
3808#endif
3809 GDK_KEY_PRESS_MASK |
3810 GDK_KEY_RELEASE_MASK |
3811 GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK |
3812 GDK_POINTER_MOTION_HINT_MASK);
3813
3814 gtk_widget_show(gui.drawarea);
3815 gtk_form_put(GTK_FORM(gui.formwin), gui.drawarea, 0, 0);
3816 gtk_widget_show(gui.formwin);
3817 gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(vbox), gui.formwin, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
3818
3819 /* For GtkSockets, key-presses must go to the focus widget (drawarea)
3820 * and not the window. */
3821 gtk_signal_connect((gtk_socket_id == 0) ? GTK_OBJECT(gui.mainwin)
3822 : GTK_OBJECT(gui.drawarea),
3823 "key_press_event",
3824 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(key_press_event), NULL);
3825#if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(HAVE_GTK2)
3826 /* Also forward key release events for the benefit of GTK+ 2 input
3827 * modules. Try CTRL-SHIFT-xdigits to enter a Unicode code point. */
3828 g_signal_connect((gtk_socket_id == 0) ? G_OBJECT(gui.mainwin)
3829 : G_OBJECT(gui.drawarea),
3830 "key_release_event",
3831 G_CALLBACK(&key_release_event), NULL);
3832#endif
3833 gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(gui.drawarea), "realize",
3834 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(drawarea_realize_cb), NULL);
3835 gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(gui.drawarea), "unrealize",
3836 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(drawarea_unrealize_cb), NULL);
3837
3838 gtk_signal_connect_after(GTK_OBJECT(gui.drawarea), "style_set",
3839 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(&drawarea_style_set_cb), NULL);
3840
3841 gui.visibility = GDK_VISIBILITY_UNOBSCURED;
3842
3843#if !(defined(FEAT_GUI_GNOME) && defined(FEAT_SESSION))
3844 wm_protocols_atom = gdk_atom_intern("WM_PROTOCOLS", FALSE);
3845 save_yourself_atom = gdk_atom_intern("WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", FALSE);
3846#endif
3847
3848 if (gtk_socket_id != 0)
Bram Moolenaarb85cb212009-05-17 14:24:23 +00003849 /* make sure keyboard input can go to the drawarea */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003850 GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS(gui.drawarea, GTK_CAN_FOCUS);
3851
3852 /*
3853 * Set clipboard specific atoms
3854 */
3855 vim_atom = gdk_atom_intern(VIM_ATOM_NAME, FALSE);
3856#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3857 vimenc_atom = gdk_atom_intern(VIMENC_ATOM_NAME, FALSE);
3858#endif
3859 clip_star.gtk_sel_atom = GDK_SELECTION_PRIMARY;
3860 clip_plus.gtk_sel_atom = gdk_atom_intern("CLIPBOARD", FALSE);
3861
3862 /*
3863 * Start out by adding the configured border width into the border offset.
3864 */
3865 gui.border_offset = gui.border_width;
3866
3867 gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(gui.mainwin), "visibility_notify_event",
3868 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(visibility_event), NULL);
3869 gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(gui.drawarea), "expose_event",
3870 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(expose_event), NULL);
3871
3872 /*
3873 * Only install these enter/leave callbacks when 'p' in 'guioptions'.
3874 * Only needed for some window managers.
3875 */
3876 if (vim_strchr(p_go, GO_POINTER) != NULL)
3877 {
3878 gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(gui.drawarea), "leave_notify_event",
3879 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(leave_notify_event), NULL);
3880 gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(gui.drawarea), "enter_notify_event",
3881 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(enter_notify_event), NULL);
3882 }
3883
Bram Moolenaarb3656ed2006-03-20 21:59:49 +00003884 /* Real windows can get focus ... GtkPlug, being a mere container can't,
3885 * only its widgets. Arguably, this could be common code and we not use
3886 * the window focus at all, but let's be safe.
3887 */
3888 if (gtk_socket_id == 0)
3889 {
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00003890 gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(gui.mainwin), "focus_out_event",
3891 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(focus_out_event), NULL);
3892 gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(gui.mainwin), "focus_in_event",
3893 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(focus_in_event), NULL);
Bram Moolenaarb3656ed2006-03-20 21:59:49 +00003894 }
3895 else
3896 {
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00003897 gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(gui.drawarea), "focus_out_event",
3898 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(focus_out_event), NULL);
3899 gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(gui.drawarea), "focus_in_event",
3900 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(focus_in_event), NULL);
Bram Moolenaarb3656ed2006-03-20 21:59:49 +00003901#ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00003902 gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(gui.tabline), "focus_out_event",
3903 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(focus_out_event), NULL);
3904 gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(gui.tabline), "focus_in_event",
3905 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(focus_in_event), NULL);
Bram Moolenaarb3656ed2006-03-20 21:59:49 +00003906#endif /* FEAT_GUI_TABLINE */
3907 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003908
3909 gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(gui.drawarea), "motion_notify_event",
3910 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(motion_notify_event), NULL);
3911 gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(gui.drawarea), "button_press_event",
3912 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(button_press_event), NULL);
3913 gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(gui.drawarea), "button_release_event",
3914 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(button_release_event), NULL);
3915#ifdef HAVE_GTK2
3916 g_signal_connect(G_OBJECT(gui.drawarea), "scroll_event",
3917 G_CALLBACK(&scroll_event), NULL);
3918#endif
3919
3920 /*
3921 * Add selection handler functions.
3922 */
3923 gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(gui.drawarea), "selection_clear_event",
3924 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(selection_clear_event), NULL);
3925 gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(gui.drawarea), "selection_received",
3926 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(selection_received_cb), NULL);
3927
3928 /*
3929 * Add selection targets for PRIMARY and CLIPBOARD selections.
3930 */
3931 gtk_selection_add_targets(gui.drawarea,
3932 (GdkAtom)GDK_SELECTION_PRIMARY,
3933 selection_targets, N_SELECTION_TARGETS);
3934 gtk_selection_add_targets(gui.drawarea,
3935 (GdkAtom)clip_plus.gtk_sel_atom,
3936 selection_targets, N_SELECTION_TARGETS);
3937
3938 gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(gui.drawarea), "selection_get",
3939 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(selection_get_cb), NULL);
3940
3941 /* Pretend we don't have input focus, we will get an event if we do. */
3942 gui.in_focus = FALSE;
3943
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003944 return OK;
3945}
3946
3947#if (defined(FEAT_GUI_GNOME) && defined(FEAT_SESSION)) || defined(PROTO)
3948/*
3949 * This is called from gui_start() after a fork() has been done.
3950 * We have to tell the session manager our new PID.
3951 */
3952 void
3953gui_mch_forked(void)
3954{
3955 if (using_gnome)
3956 {
3957 GnomeClient *client;
3958
3959 client = gnome_master_client();
3960
3961 if (client != NULL)
3962 gnome_client_set_process_id(client, getpid());
3963 }
3964}
3965#endif /* FEAT_GUI_GNOME && FEAT_SESSION */
3966
3967/*
3968 * Called when the foreground or background color has been changed.
3969 * This used to change the graphics contexts directly but we are
3970 * currently manipulating them where desired.
3971 */
3972 void
3973gui_mch_new_colors(void)
3974{
3975 if (gui.drawarea != NULL && gui.drawarea->window != NULL)
3976 {
3977 GdkColor color = { 0, 0, 0, 0 };
3978
3979 color.pixel = gui.back_pixel;
3980 gdk_window_set_background(gui.drawarea->window, &color);
3981 }
3982}
3983
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003984/*
3985 * This signal informs us about the need to rearrange our sub-widgets.
3986 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003987 static gint
Bram Moolenaarb85cb212009-05-17 14:24:23 +00003988form_configure_event(GtkWidget *widget UNUSED,
3989 GdkEventConfigure *event,
3990 gpointer data UNUSED)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003991{
Bram Moolenaarb3656ed2006-03-20 21:59:49 +00003992 int usable_height = event->height;
3993
3994 /* When in a GtkPlug, we can't guarantee valid heights (as a round
3995 * no. of char-heights), so we have to manually sanitise them.
3996 * Widths seem to sort themselves out, don't ask me why.
3997 */
3998 if (gtk_socket_id != 0)
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00003999 usable_height -= (gui.char_height - (gui.char_height/2)); /* sic. */
Bram Moolenaarb3656ed2006-03-20 21:59:49 +00004000
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004001 gtk_form_freeze(GTK_FORM(gui.formwin));
Bram Moolenaarb3656ed2006-03-20 21:59:49 +00004002 gui_resize_shell(event->width, usable_height);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004003 gtk_form_thaw(GTK_FORM(gui.formwin));
4004
4005 return TRUE;
4006}
4007
4008/*
4009 * Function called when window already closed.
4010 * We can't do much more here than to trying to preserve what had been done,
4011 * since the window is already inevitably going away.
4012 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004013 static void
Bram Moolenaarb85cb212009-05-17 14:24:23 +00004014mainwin_destroy_cb(GtkObject *object UNUSED, gpointer data UNUSED)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004015{
4016 /* Don't write messages to the GUI anymore */
4017 full_screen = FALSE;
4018
4019 gui.mainwin = NULL;
4020 gui.drawarea = NULL;
4021
4022 if (!exiting) /* only do anything if the destroy was unexpected */
4023 {
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004024 vim_strncpy(IObuff,
4025 (char_u *)_("Vim: Main window unexpectedly destroyed\n"),
4026 IOSIZE - 1);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004027 preserve_exit();
4028 }
4029}
4030
Bram Moolenaarb3656ed2006-03-20 21:59:49 +00004031
4032/*
4033 * Bit of a hack to ensure we start GtkPlug windows with the correct window
4034 * hints (and thus the required size from -geom), but that after that we
4035 * put the hints back to normal (the actual minimum size) so we may
4036 * subsequently be resized smaller. GtkSocket (the parent end) uses the
Bram Moolenaar49325942007-05-10 19:19:59 +00004037 * plug's window 'min hints to set *it's* minimum size, but that's also the
Bram Moolenaarb3656ed2006-03-20 21:59:49 +00004038 * only way we have of making ourselves bigger (by set lines/columns).
4039 * Thus set hints at start-up to ensure correct init. size, then a
4040 * second after the final attempt to reset the real minimum hinst (done by
Bram Moolenaar49325942007-05-10 19:19:59 +00004041 * scrollbar init.), actually do the standard hinst and stop the timer.
Bram Moolenaarb3656ed2006-03-20 21:59:49 +00004042 * We'll not let the default hints be set while this timer's active.
4043 */
Bram Moolenaarb3656ed2006-03-20 21:59:49 +00004044 static gboolean
Bram Moolenaarb85cb212009-05-17 14:24:23 +00004045check_startup_plug_hints(gpointer data UNUSED)
Bram Moolenaarb3656ed2006-03-20 21:59:49 +00004046{
4047 if (init_window_hints_state == 1)
4048 {
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00004049 /* Safe to use normal hints now */
4050 init_window_hints_state = 0;
4051 update_window_manager_hints(0, 0);
4052 return FALSE; /* stop timer */
Bram Moolenaarb3656ed2006-03-20 21:59:49 +00004053 }
4054
4055 /* Keep on trying */
4056 init_window_hints_state = 1;
4057 return TRUE;
4058}
4059
4060
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004061/*
4062 * Open the GUI window which was created by a call to gui_mch_init().
4063 */
4064 int
4065gui_mch_open(void)
4066{
4067 guicolor_T fg_pixel = INVALCOLOR;
4068 guicolor_T bg_pixel = INVALCOLOR;
Bram Moolenaar79ef6d62009-09-23 15:35:48 +00004069 guint pixel_width;
4070 guint pixel_height;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004071
4072#ifdef HAVE_GTK2
4073 /*
4074 * Allow setting a window role on the command line, or invent one
4075 * if none was specified. This is mainly useful for GNOME session
4076 * support; allowing the WM to restore window placement.
4077 */
4078 if (role_argument != NULL)
4079 {
4080 gtk_window_set_role(GTK_WINDOW(gui.mainwin), role_argument);
4081 }
4082 else
4083 {
4084 char *role;
4085
4086 /* Invent a unique-enough ID string for the role */
4087 role = g_strdup_printf("vim-%u-%u-%u",
4088 (unsigned)mch_get_pid(),
4089 (unsigned)g_random_int(),
4090 (unsigned)time(NULL));
4091
4092 gtk_window_set_role(GTK_WINDOW(gui.mainwin), role);
4093 g_free(role);
4094 }
4095#endif
4096
4097 if (gui_win_x != -1 && gui_win_y != -1)
4098#ifdef HAVE_GTK2
4099 gtk_window_move(GTK_WINDOW(gui.mainwin), gui_win_x, gui_win_y);
4100#else
4101 gtk_widget_set_uposition(gui.mainwin, gui_win_x, gui_win_y);
4102#endif
4103
4104 /* Determine user specified geometry, if present. */
4105 if (gui.geom != NULL)
4106 {
4107 int mask;
4108 unsigned int w, h;
4109 int x = 0;
4110 int y = 0;
4111
4112 mask = XParseGeometry((char *)gui.geom, &x, &y, &w, &h);
4113
4114 if (mask & WidthValue)
4115 Columns = w;
4116 if (mask & HeightValue)
Bram Moolenaard68071d2006-05-02 22:08:30 +00004117 {
Bram Moolenaarb85cb212009-05-17 14:24:23 +00004118 if (p_window > (long)h - 1 || !option_was_set((char_u *)"window"))
Bram Moolenaard68071d2006-05-02 22:08:30 +00004119 p_window = h - 1;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004120 Rows = h;
Bram Moolenaard68071d2006-05-02 22:08:30 +00004121 }
Bram Moolenaar2dd8b522007-10-19 12:33:44 +00004122
4123 pixel_width = (guint)(gui_get_base_width() + Columns * gui.char_width);
4124 pixel_height = (guint)(gui_get_base_height() + Rows * gui.char_height);
4125
4126#ifdef HAVE_GTK2
4127 pixel_width += get_menu_tool_width();
4128 pixel_height += get_menu_tool_height();
4129#endif
4130
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004131 if (mask & (XValue | YValue))
Bram Moolenaar2dd8b522007-10-19 12:33:44 +00004132 {
Bram Moolenaarfe86f2d2008-11-28 20:29:07 +00004133 int ww, hh;
4134 gui_mch_get_screen_dimensions(&ww, &hh);
4135 hh += p_ghr + get_menu_tool_height();
4136 ww += get_menu_tool_width();
Bram Moolenaar2dd8b522007-10-19 12:33:44 +00004137 if (mask & XNegative)
Bram Moolenaarfe86f2d2008-11-28 20:29:07 +00004138 x += ww - pixel_width;
Bram Moolenaar2dd8b522007-10-19 12:33:44 +00004139 if (mask & YNegative)
Bram Moolenaarfe86f2d2008-11-28 20:29:07 +00004140 y += hh - pixel_height;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004141#ifdef HAVE_GTK2
4142 gtk_window_move(GTK_WINDOW(gui.mainwin), x, y);
4143#else
4144 gtk_widget_set_uposition(gui.mainwin, x, y);
4145#endif
Bram Moolenaar2dd8b522007-10-19 12:33:44 +00004146 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004147 vim_free(gui.geom);
4148 gui.geom = NULL;
Bram Moolenaarb3656ed2006-03-20 21:59:49 +00004149
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00004150 /* From now until everyone's stopped trying to set the window hints
4151 * to their correct minimum values, stop them being set as we need
4152 * them to remain at our required size for the parent GtkSocket to
4153 * give us the right initial size.
4154 */
Bram Moolenaarb3656ed2006-03-20 21:59:49 +00004155 if (gtk_socket_id != 0 && (mask & WidthValue || mask & HeightValue))
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00004156 {
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00004157 update_window_manager_hints(pixel_width, pixel_height);
4158 init_window_hints_state = 1;
4159 g_timeout_add(1000, check_startup_plug_hints, NULL);
4160 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004161 }
4162
Bram Moolenaar79ef6d62009-09-23 15:35:48 +00004163 pixel_width = (guint)(gui_get_base_width() + Columns * gui.char_width);
4164 pixel_height = (guint)(gui_get_base_height() + Rows * gui.char_height);
4165#ifdef HAVE_GTK2
4166 /* For GTK2 changing the size of the form widget doesn't cause window
4167 * resizing. */
4168 if (gtk_socket_id == 0)
4169 gtk_window_resize(GTK_WINDOW(gui.mainwin), pixel_width, pixel_height);
4170#else
4171 gtk_form_set_size(GTK_FORM(gui.formwin), pixel_width, pixel_height);
4172#endif
Bram Moolenaarb3656ed2006-03-20 21:59:49 +00004173 update_window_manager_hints(0, 0);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004174
4175 if (foreground_argument != NULL)
4176 fg_pixel = gui_get_color((char_u *)foreground_argument);
4177 if (fg_pixel == INVALCOLOR)
4178 fg_pixel = gui_get_color((char_u *)"Black");
4179
4180 if (background_argument != NULL)
4181 bg_pixel = gui_get_color((char_u *)background_argument);
4182 if (bg_pixel == INVALCOLOR)
4183 bg_pixel = gui_get_color((char_u *)"White");
4184
4185 if (found_reverse_arg)
4186 {
4187 gui.def_norm_pixel = bg_pixel;
4188 gui.def_back_pixel = fg_pixel;
4189 }
4190 else
4191 {
4192 gui.def_norm_pixel = fg_pixel;
4193 gui.def_back_pixel = bg_pixel;
4194 }
4195
4196 /* Get the colors from the "Normal" and "Menu" group (set in syntax.c or
4197 * in a vimrc file) */
4198 set_normal_colors();
4199
4200 /* Check that none of the colors are the same as the background color */
4201 gui_check_colors();
4202
4203 /* Get the colors for the highlight groups (gui_check_colors() might have
4204 * changed them). */
4205 highlight_gui_started(); /* re-init colors and fonts */
4206
4207 gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(gui.mainwin), "destroy",
4208 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(mainwin_destroy_cb), NULL);
4209
4210#ifdef FEAT_HANGULIN
4211 hangul_keyboard_set();
4212#endif
4213
4214 /*
4215 * Notify the fixed area about the need to resize the contents of the
4216 * gui.formwin, which we use for random positioning of the included
4217 * components.
4218 *
4219 * We connect this signal deferred finally after anything is in place,
4220 * since this is intended to handle resizements coming from the window
4221 * manager upon us and should not interfere with what VIM is requesting
4222 * upon startup.
4223 */
4224 gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(gui.formwin), "configure_event",
4225 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(form_configure_event), NULL);
4226
4227#ifdef FEAT_DND
4228 /*
4229 * Set up for receiving DND items.
4230 */
4231 gtk_drag_dest_set(gui.drawarea,
4232 GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_ALL,
4233 dnd_targets, N_DND_TARGETS,
4234 GDK_ACTION_COPY);
4235
4236 gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(gui.drawarea), "drag_data_received",
4237 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(drag_data_received_cb), NULL);
4238#endif
4239
4240#ifdef HAVE_GTK2
4241 /* With GTK+ 2, we need to iconify the window before calling show()
4242 * to avoid mapping the window for a short time. This is just as one
4243 * would expect it to work, but it's different in GTK+ 1. The funny
4244 * thing is that iconifying after show() _does_ work with GTK+ 1.
4245 * (BTW doing this in the "realize" handler makes no difference.) */
4246 if (found_iconic_arg && gtk_socket_id == 0)
4247 gui_mch_iconify();
4248#endif
4249
4250 {
4251#if defined(FEAT_GUI_GNOME) && defined(HAVE_GTK2) && defined(FEAT_MENU)
4252 unsigned long menu_handler = 0;
4253# ifdef FEAT_TOOLBAR
4254 unsigned long tool_handler = 0;
4255# endif
4256 /*
4257 * Urgh hackish :/ For some reason BonoboDockLayout always forces a
4258 * show when restoring the saved layout configuration. We can't just
4259 * hide the widgets again after gtk_widget_show(gui.mainwin) since it's
4260 * a toplevel window and thus will be realized immediately. Instead,
4261 * connect signal handlers to hide the widgets just after they've been
4262 * marked visible, but before the main window is realized.
4263 */
4264 if (using_gnome && vim_strchr(p_go, GO_MENUS) == NULL)
4265 menu_handler = g_signal_connect_after(gui.menubar_h, "show",
4266 G_CALLBACK(&gtk_widget_hide),
4267 NULL);
4268# ifdef FEAT_TOOLBAR
4269 if (using_gnome && vim_strchr(p_go, GO_TOOLBAR) == NULL
4270 && (toolbar_flags & (TOOLBAR_TEXT | TOOLBAR_ICONS)))
4271 tool_handler = g_signal_connect_after(gui.toolbar_h, "show",
4272 G_CALLBACK(&gtk_widget_hide),
4273 NULL);
4274# endif
4275#endif
4276 gtk_widget_show(gui.mainwin);
4277
4278#if defined(FEAT_GUI_GNOME) && defined(HAVE_GTK2) && defined(FEAT_MENU)
4279 if (menu_handler != 0)
4280 g_signal_handler_disconnect(gui.menubar_h, menu_handler);
4281# ifdef FEAT_TOOLBAR
4282 if (tool_handler != 0)
4283 g_signal_handler_disconnect(gui.toolbar_h, tool_handler);
4284# endif
4285#endif
4286 }
4287
4288#ifndef HAVE_GTK2
4289 /* With GTK+ 1, we need to iconify the window after calling show().
4290 * See the comment above for details. */
4291 if (found_iconic_arg && gtk_socket_id == 0)
4292 gui_mch_iconify();
4293#endif
4294
4295 return OK;
4296}
4297
4298
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004299 void
Bram Moolenaarb85cb212009-05-17 14:24:23 +00004300gui_mch_exit(int rc UNUSED)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004301{
4302 if (gui.mainwin != NULL)
4303 gtk_widget_destroy(gui.mainwin);
4304
4305 if (gtk_main_level() > 0)
4306 gtk_main_quit();
4307}
4308
4309/*
4310 * Get the position of the top left corner of the window.
4311 */
4312 int
4313gui_mch_get_winpos(int *x, int *y)
4314{
4315#ifdef HAVE_GTK2
4316 gtk_window_get_position(GTK_WINDOW(gui.mainwin), x, y);
4317#else
4318 /* For some people this must be gdk_window_get_origin() for a correct
4319 * result. Where is the documentation! */
4320 gdk_window_get_root_origin(gui.mainwin->window, x, y);
4321#endif
4322 return OK;
4323}
4324
4325/*
4326 * Set the position of the top left corner of the window to the given
4327 * coordinates.
4328 */
4329 void
4330gui_mch_set_winpos(int x, int y)
4331{
4332#ifdef HAVE_GTK2
4333 gtk_window_move(GTK_WINDOW(gui.mainwin), x, y);
4334#else
4335 gdk_window_move(gui.mainwin->window, x, y);
4336#endif
4337}
4338
4339#ifdef HAVE_GTK2
4340#if 0
4341static int resize_idle_installed = FALSE;
4342/*
4343 * Idle handler to force resize. Used by gui_mch_set_shellsize() to ensure
4344 * the shell size doesn't exceed the window size, i.e. if the window manager
4345 * ignored our size request. Usually this happens if the window is maximized.
4346 *
4347 * FIXME: It'd be nice if we could find a little more orthodox solution.
4348 * See also the remark below in gui_mch_set_shellsize().
4349 *
4350 * DISABLED: When doing ":set lines+=1" this function would first invoke
4351 * gui_resize_shell() with the old size, then the normal callback would
4352 * report the new size through form_configure_event(). That caused the window
4353 * layout to be messed up.
4354 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004355 static gboolean
4356force_shell_resize_idle(gpointer data)
4357{
4358 if (gui.mainwin != NULL
4359 && GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED(gui.mainwin)
4360 && GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE(gui.mainwin))
4361 {
4362 int width;
4363 int height;
4364
4365 gtk_window_get_size(GTK_WINDOW(gui.mainwin), &width, &height);
4366
4367 width -= get_menu_tool_width();
4368 height -= get_menu_tool_height();
4369
4370 gui_resize_shell(width, height);
4371 }
4372
4373 resize_idle_installed = FALSE;
4374 return FALSE; /* don't call me again */
4375}
4376#endif
4377#endif /* HAVE_GTK2 */
4378
Bram Moolenaar09736232009-09-23 16:14:49 +00004379#if defined(HAVE_GTK2) || defined(PROTO)
4380/*
4381 * Return TRUE if the main window is maximized.
4382 */
4383 int
4384gui_mch_maximized()
4385{
4386 return (gui.mainwin != NULL && gui.mainwin->window != NULL
4387 && (gdk_window_get_state(gui.mainwin->window)
4388 & GDK_WINDOW_STATE_MAXIMIZED));
4389}
4390
4391/*
4392 * Unmaximize the main window
4393 */
4394 void
4395gui_mch_unmaximize()
4396{
4397 if (gui.mainwin != NULL)
4398 gtk_window_unmaximize(GTK_WINDOW(gui.mainwin));
4399}
4400#endif
4401
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004402/*
4403 * Set the windows size.
4404 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004405 void
4406gui_mch_set_shellsize(int width, int height,
Bram Moolenaarb85cb212009-05-17 14:24:23 +00004407 int min_width UNUSED, int min_height UNUSED,
4408 int base_width UNUSED, int base_height UNUSED,
4409 int direction UNUSED)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004410{
4411#ifndef HAVE_GTK2
4412 /* Hack: When the form already is at the desired size, the window might
4413 * have been resized with the mouse. Force a resize by setting a
4414 * different size first. */
4415 if (GTK_FORM(gui.formwin)->width == width
4416 && GTK_FORM(gui.formwin)->height == height)
4417 {
4418 gtk_form_set_size(GTK_FORM(gui.formwin), width + 1, height + 1);
4419 gui_mch_update();
4420 }
4421 gtk_form_set_size(GTK_FORM(gui.formwin), width, height);
4422#endif
4423
4424 /* give GTK+ a chance to put all widget's into place */
4425 gui_mch_update();
4426
Bram Moolenaarb3656ed2006-03-20 21:59:49 +00004427#ifndef HAVE_GTK2
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004428 /* this will cause the proper resizement to happen too */
Bram Moolenaarb3656ed2006-03-20 21:59:49 +00004429 update_window_manager_hints(0, 0);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004430
Bram Moolenaarb3656ed2006-03-20 21:59:49 +00004431#else /* HAVE_GTK2 */
4432 /* this will cause the proper resizement to happen too */
4433 if (gtk_socket_id == 0)
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00004434 update_window_manager_hints(0, 0);
Bram Moolenaarb3656ed2006-03-20 21:59:49 +00004435
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004436 /* With GTK+ 2, changing the size of the form widget doesn't resize
Bram Moolenaarb3656ed2006-03-20 21:59:49 +00004437 * the window. So let's do it the other way around and resize the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004438 * main window instead. */
4439 width += get_menu_tool_width();
4440 height += get_menu_tool_height();
4441
Bram Moolenaarb3656ed2006-03-20 21:59:49 +00004442 if (gtk_socket_id == 0)
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00004443 gtk_window_resize(GTK_WINDOW(gui.mainwin), width, height);
Bram Moolenaarb3656ed2006-03-20 21:59:49 +00004444 else
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00004445 update_window_manager_hints(width, height);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004446
4447#if 0
4448 if (!resize_idle_installed)
4449 {
4450 g_idle_add_full(GDK_PRIORITY_EVENTS + 10,
4451 &force_shell_resize_idle, NULL, NULL);
4452 resize_idle_installed = TRUE;
4453 }
4454#endif
4455 /*
4456 * Wait until all events are processed to prevent a crash because the
4457 * real size of the drawing area doesn't reflect Vim's internal ideas.
4458 *
4459 * This is a bit of a hack, since Vim is a terminal application with a GUI
4460 * on top, while the GUI expects to be the boss.
4461 */
4462 gui_mch_update();
4463#endif
4464}
4465
4466
4467/*
4468 * The screen size is used to make sure the initial window doesn't get bigger
4469 * than the screen. This subtracts some room for menubar, toolbar and window
4470 * decorations.
4471 */
4472 void
4473gui_mch_get_screen_dimensions(int *screen_w, int *screen_h)
4474{
4475#ifdef HAVE_GTK_MULTIHEAD
4476 GdkScreen* screen;
4477
4478 if (gui.mainwin != NULL && gtk_widget_has_screen(gui.mainwin))
4479 screen = gtk_widget_get_screen(gui.mainwin);
4480 else
4481 screen = gdk_screen_get_default();
4482
4483 *screen_w = gdk_screen_get_width(screen);
4484 *screen_h = gdk_screen_get_height(screen) - p_ghr;
4485#else
4486 *screen_w = gdk_screen_width();
4487 /* Subtract 'guiheadroom' from the height to allow some room for the
4488 * window manager (task list and window title bar). */
4489 *screen_h = gdk_screen_height() - p_ghr;
4490#endif
4491
4492 /*
4493 * FIXME: dirty trick: Because the gui_get_base_height() doesn't include
4494 * the toolbar and menubar for GTK, we subtract them from the screen
4495 * hight, so that the window size can be made to fit on the screen.
4496 * This should be completely changed later.
4497 */
4498 *screen_w -= get_menu_tool_width();
4499 *screen_h -= get_menu_tool_height();
4500}
4501
4502#if defined(FEAT_TITLE) || defined(PROTO)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004503 void
Bram Moolenaarb85cb212009-05-17 14:24:23 +00004504gui_mch_settitle(char_u *title, char_u *icon UNUSED)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004505{
4506# ifdef HAVE_GTK2
4507 if (title != NULL && output_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
4508 title = string_convert(&output_conv, title, NULL);
4509# endif
4510
4511 gtk_window_set_title(GTK_WINDOW(gui.mainwin), (const char *)title);
4512
4513# ifdef HAVE_GTK2
4514 if (output_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
4515 vim_free(title);
4516# endif
4517}
4518#endif /* FEAT_TITLE */
4519
4520#if defined(FEAT_MENU) || defined(PROTO)
4521 void
4522gui_mch_enable_menu(int showit)
4523{
4524 GtkWidget *widget;
4525
4526# ifdef FEAT_GUI_GNOME
4527 if (using_gnome)
4528 widget = gui.menubar_h;
4529 else
4530# endif
4531 widget = gui.menubar;
4532
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00004533 /* Do not disable the menu while starting up, otherwise F10 doesn't work. */
4534 if (!showit != !GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE(widget) && !gui.starting)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004535 {
4536 if (showit)
4537 gtk_widget_show(widget);
4538 else
4539 gtk_widget_hide(widget);
4540
Bram Moolenaarb3656ed2006-03-20 21:59:49 +00004541 update_window_manager_hints(0, 0);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004542 }
4543}
4544#endif /* FEAT_MENU */
4545
4546#if defined(FEAT_TOOLBAR) || defined(PROTO)
4547 void
4548gui_mch_show_toolbar(int showit)
4549{
4550 GtkWidget *widget;
4551
4552 if (gui.toolbar == NULL)
4553 return;
4554
4555# ifdef FEAT_GUI_GNOME
4556 if (using_gnome)
4557 widget = gui.toolbar_h;
4558 else
4559# endif
4560 widget = gui.toolbar;
4561
4562 if (showit)
4563 set_toolbar_style(GTK_TOOLBAR(gui.toolbar));
4564
4565 if (!showit != !GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE(widget))
4566 {
4567 if (showit)
4568 gtk_widget_show(widget);
4569 else
4570 gtk_widget_hide(widget);
4571
Bram Moolenaarb3656ed2006-03-20 21:59:49 +00004572 update_window_manager_hints(0, 0);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004573 }
4574}
4575#endif /* FEAT_TOOLBAR */
4576
4577#ifndef HAVE_GTK2
4578/*
4579 * Get a font structure for highlighting.
4580 * "cbdata" is a pointer to the global gui structure.
4581 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004582 static void
4583font_sel_ok(GtkWidget *wgt, gpointer cbdata)
4584{
4585 gui_T *vw = (gui_T *)cbdata;
4586 GtkFontSelectionDialog *fs = (GtkFontSelectionDialog *)vw->fontdlg;
4587
4588 if (vw->fontname)
4589 g_free(vw->fontname);
4590
4591 vw->fontname = (char_u *)gtk_font_selection_dialog_get_font_name(fs);
4592 gtk_widget_hide(vw->fontdlg);
4593 if (gtk_main_level() > 0)
4594 gtk_main_quit();
4595}
4596
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004597 static void
4598font_sel_cancel(GtkWidget *wgt, gpointer cbdata)
4599{
4600 gui_T *vw = (gui_T *)cbdata;
4601
4602 gtk_widget_hide(vw->fontdlg);
4603 if (gtk_main_level() > 0)
4604 gtk_main_quit();
4605}
4606
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004607 static void
4608font_sel_destroy(GtkWidget *wgt, gpointer cbdata)
4609{
4610 gui_T *vw = (gui_T *)cbdata;
4611
4612 vw->fontdlg = NULL;
4613 if (gtk_main_level() > 0)
4614 gtk_main_quit();
4615}
4616#endif /* !HAVE_GTK2 */
4617
4618#ifdef HAVE_GTK2
4619/*
4620 * Check if a given font is a CJK font. This is done in a very crude manner. It
4621 * just see if U+04E00 for zh and ja and U+AC00 for ko are covered in a given
4622 * font. Consequently, this function cannot be used as a general purpose check
4623 * for CJK-ness for which fontconfig APIs should be used. This is only used by
4624 * gui_mch_init_font() to deal with 'CJK fixed width fonts'.
4625 */
4626 static int
4627is_cjk_font(PangoFontDescription *font_desc)
4628{
4629 static const char * const cjk_langs[] =
4630 {"zh_CN", "zh_TW", "zh_HK", "ja", "ko"};
4631
4632 PangoFont *font;
4633 unsigned i;
4634 int is_cjk = FALSE;
4635
4636 font = pango_context_load_font(gui.text_context, font_desc);
4637
4638 if (font == NULL)
4639 return FALSE;
4640
4641 for (i = 0; !is_cjk && i < G_N_ELEMENTS(cjk_langs); ++i)
4642 {
4643 PangoCoverage *coverage;
4644 gunichar uc;
4645
4646 coverage = pango_font_get_coverage(
4647 font, pango_language_from_string(cjk_langs[i]));
4648
4649 if (coverage != NULL)
4650 {
4651 uc = (cjk_langs[i][0] == 'k') ? 0xAC00 : 0x4E00;
4652 is_cjk = (pango_coverage_get(coverage, uc) == PANGO_COVERAGE_EXACT);
4653 pango_coverage_unref(coverage);
4654 }
4655 }
4656
4657 g_object_unref(font);
4658
4659 return is_cjk;
4660}
4661#endif /* HAVE_GTK2 */
4662
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00004663/*
4664 * Adjust gui.char_height (after 'linespace' was changed).
4665 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004666 int
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00004667gui_mch_adjust_charheight(void)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004668{
4669#ifdef HAVE_GTK2
4670 PangoFontMetrics *metrics;
4671 int ascent;
4672 int descent;
4673
4674 metrics = pango_context_get_metrics(gui.text_context, gui.norm_font,
4675 pango_context_get_language(gui.text_context));
4676 ascent = pango_font_metrics_get_ascent(metrics);
4677 descent = pango_font_metrics_get_descent(metrics);
4678
4679 pango_font_metrics_unref(metrics);
4680
4681 gui.char_height = (ascent + descent + PANGO_SCALE - 1) / PANGO_SCALE
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00004682 + p_linespace;
Bram Moolenaarb71ec9f2005-01-25 22:22:02 +00004683 /* LINTED: avoid warning: bitwise operation on signed value */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004684 gui.char_ascent = PANGO_PIXELS(ascent + p_linespace * PANGO_SCALE / 2);
4685
4686#else /* !HAVE_GTK2 */
4687
4688 gui.char_height = gui.current_font->ascent + gui.current_font->descent
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00004689 + p_linespace;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004690 gui.char_ascent = gui.current_font->ascent + p_linespace / 2;
4691
4692#endif /* !HAVE_GTK2 */
4693
4694 /* A not-positive value of char_height may crash Vim. Only happens
4695 * if 'linespace' is negative (which does make sense sometimes). */
4696 gui.char_ascent = MAX(gui.char_ascent, 0);
4697 gui.char_height = MAX(gui.char_height, gui.char_ascent + 1);
4698
4699 return OK;
4700}
4701
4702#if defined(FEAT_XFONTSET) || defined(PROTO)
4703/*
4704 * Try to load the requested fontset.
4705 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004706 GuiFontset
4707gui_mch_get_fontset(char_u *name, int report_error, int fixed_width)
4708{
4709 GdkFont *font;
4710
4711 if (!gui.in_use || name == NULL)
4712 return NOFONT;
4713
4714 font = gdk_fontset_load((gchar *)name);
4715
4716 if (font == NULL)
4717 {
4718 if (report_error)
4719 EMSG2(_(e_fontset), name);
4720 return NOFONT;
4721 }
4722 /* TODO: check if the font is fixed width. */
4723
4724 /* reference this font as being in use */
4725 gdk_font_ref(font);
4726
4727 return (GuiFontset)font;
4728}
4729#endif /* FEAT_XFONTSET */
4730
4731#ifndef HAVE_GTK2
4732/*
4733 * Put up a font dialog and return the selected font name in allocated memory.
4734 * "oldval" is the previous value.
4735 * Return NULL when cancelled.
4736 */
4737 char_u *
4738gui_mch_font_dialog(char_u *oldval)
4739{
4740 char_u *fontname = NULL;
4741
4742 if (!gui.fontdlg)
4743 {
4744 GtkFontSelectionDialog *fsd = NULL;
4745
4746 gui.fontdlg = gtk_font_selection_dialog_new(_("Font Selection"));
4747 fsd = GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG(gui.fontdlg);
4748 gtk_window_set_modal(GTK_WINDOW(gui.fontdlg), TRUE);
4749 gtk_window_set_transient_for(GTK_WINDOW(gui.fontdlg),
4750 GTK_WINDOW(gui.mainwin));
4751 gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(gui.fontdlg), "destroy",
4752 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(font_sel_destroy), &gui);
4753 gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(fsd->ok_button), "clicked",
4754 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(font_sel_ok), &gui);
4755 gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(fsd->cancel_button), "clicked",
4756 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(font_sel_cancel), &gui);
4757 }
4758
4759 if (oldval != NULL && *oldval != NUL)
4760 gtk_font_selection_dialog_set_font_name(
4761 GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG(gui.fontdlg), (char *)oldval);
Bram Moolenaarbef9d832009-09-11 13:46:41 +00004762 else
4763 gtk_font_selection_dialog_set_font_name(
4764 GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG(gui.fontdlg), DEFAULT_FONT);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004765
4766 if (gui.fontname)
4767 {
4768 g_free(gui.fontname);
4769 gui.fontname = NULL;
4770 }
4771 gtk_window_position(GTK_WINDOW(gui.fontdlg), GTK_WIN_POS_MOUSE);
4772 gtk_widget_show(gui.fontdlg);
4773 {
4774 static gchar *spacings[] = {"c", "m", NULL};
4775
4776 /* In GTK 1.2.3 this must be after the gtk_widget_show() call,
4777 * otherwise everything is blocked for ten seconds. */
4778 gtk_font_selection_dialog_set_filter(
4779 GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG(gui.fontdlg),
4780 GTK_FONT_FILTER_BASE,
4781 GTK_FONT_ALL, NULL, NULL,
4782 NULL, NULL, spacings, NULL);
4783 }
4784
4785 /* Wait for the font dialog to be closed. */
4786 while (gui.fontdlg && GTK_WIDGET_DRAWABLE(gui.fontdlg))
4787 gtk_main_iteration_do(TRUE);
4788
4789 if (gui.fontname != NULL)
4790 {
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00004791 /* Apparently some font names include a comma, need to escape that,
4792 * because in 'guifont' it separates names. */
4793 fontname = vim_strsave_escaped(gui.fontname, (char_u *)",");
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004794 g_free(gui.fontname);
4795 gui.fontname = NULL;
4796 }
4797 return fontname;
4798}
4799#endif /* !HAVE_GTK2 */
4800
4801#ifdef HAVE_GTK2
4802/*
4803 * Put up a font dialog and return the selected font name in allocated memory.
4804 * "oldval" is the previous value. Return NULL when cancelled.
4805 * This should probably go into gui_gtk.c. Hmm.
4806 * FIXME:
4807 * The GTK2 font selection dialog has no filtering API. So we could either
4808 * a) implement our own (possibly copying the code from somewhere else) or
4809 * b) just live with it.
4810 */
4811 char_u *
4812gui_mch_font_dialog(char_u *oldval)
4813{
4814 GtkWidget *dialog;
4815 int response;
4816 char_u *fontname = NULL;
4817 char_u *oldname;
4818
4819 dialog = gtk_font_selection_dialog_new(NULL);
4820
4821 gtk_window_set_transient_for(GTK_WINDOW(dialog), GTK_WINDOW(gui.mainwin));
4822 gtk_window_set_destroy_with_parent(GTK_WINDOW(dialog), TRUE);
4823
4824 if (oldval != NULL && oldval[0] != NUL)
4825 {
4826 if (output_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
4827 oldname = string_convert(&output_conv, oldval, NULL);
4828 else
4829 oldname = oldval;
4830
4831 /* Annoying bug in GTK (or Pango): if the font name does not include a
4832 * size, zero is used. Use default point size ten. */
4833 if (!vim_isdigit(oldname[STRLEN(oldname) - 1]))
4834 {
4835 char_u *p = vim_strnsave(oldname, STRLEN(oldname) + 3);
4836
4837 if (p != NULL)
4838 {
4839 STRCPY(p + STRLEN(p), " 10");
4840 if (oldname != oldval)
4841 vim_free(oldname);
4842 oldname = p;
4843 }
4844 }
4845
4846 gtk_font_selection_dialog_set_font_name(
4847 GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG(dialog), (const char *)oldname);
4848
4849 if (oldname != oldval)
Bram Moolenaar8c711452005-01-14 21:53:12 +00004850 vim_free(oldname);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004851 }
Bram Moolenaarbef9d832009-09-11 13:46:41 +00004852 else
4853 gtk_font_selection_dialog_set_font_name(
4854 GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG(dialog), DEFAULT_FONT);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004855
4856 response = gtk_dialog_run(GTK_DIALOG(dialog));
4857
4858 if (response == GTK_RESPONSE_OK)
4859 {
4860 char *name;
4861
4862 name = gtk_font_selection_dialog_get_font_name(
4863 GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG(dialog));
4864 if (name != NULL)
4865 {
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00004866 char_u *p;
4867
4868 /* Apparently some font names include a comma, need to escape
4869 * that, because in 'guifont' it separates names. */
4870 p = vim_strsave_escaped((char_u *)name, (char_u *)",");
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004871 g_free(name);
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +00004872 if (p != NULL && input_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00004873 {
4874 fontname = string_convert(&input_conv, p, NULL);
4875 vim_free(p);
4876 }
4877 else
4878 fontname = p;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004879 }
4880 }
4881
4882 if (response != GTK_RESPONSE_NONE)
4883 gtk_widget_destroy(dialog);
4884
4885 return fontname;
4886}
4887
4888/*
4889 * Some monospace fonts don't support a bold weight, and fall back
4890 * silently to the regular weight. But this is no good since our text
4891 * drawing function can emulate bold by overstriking. So let's try
4892 * to detect whether bold weight is actually available and emulate it
4893 * otherwise.
4894 *
4895 * Note that we don't need to check for italic style since Xft can
4896 * emulate italic on its own, provided you have a proper fontconfig
4897 * setup. We wouldn't be able to emulate it in Vim anyway.
4898 */
4899 static void
4900get_styled_font_variants(void)
4901{
4902 PangoFontDescription *bold_font_desc;
4903 PangoFont *plain_font;
4904 PangoFont *bold_font;
4905
4906 gui.font_can_bold = FALSE;
4907
4908 plain_font = pango_context_load_font(gui.text_context, gui.norm_font);
4909
4910 if (plain_font == NULL)
4911 return;
4912
4913 bold_font_desc = pango_font_description_copy_static(gui.norm_font);
4914 pango_font_description_set_weight(bold_font_desc, PANGO_WEIGHT_BOLD);
4915
4916 bold_font = pango_context_load_font(gui.text_context, bold_font_desc);
4917 /*
4918 * The comparison relies on the unique handle nature of a PangoFont*,
4919 * i.e. it's assumed that a different PangoFont* won't refer to the
4920 * same font. Seems to work, and failing here isn't critical anyway.
4921 */
4922 if (bold_font != NULL)
4923 {
4924 gui.font_can_bold = (bold_font != plain_font);
4925 g_object_unref(bold_font);
4926 }
4927
4928 pango_font_description_free(bold_font_desc);
4929 g_object_unref(plain_font);
4930}
4931
4932#else /* !HAVE_GTK2 */
4933
4934/*
4935 * There is only one excuse I can give for the following attempt to manage font
4936 * styles:
4937 *
4938 * I HATE THE BRAIN DEAD WAY X11 IS HANDLING FONTS (--mdcki)
4939 * (Me too. --danielk)
4940 */
4941 static void
4942get_styled_font_variants(char_u * font_name)
4943{
4944 char *chunk[32];
4945 char *sdup;
4946 char *tmp;
4947 int len, i;
4948 GuiFont *styled_font[3];
4949
4950 styled_font[0] = &gui.bold_font;
4951 styled_font[1] = &gui.ital_font;
4952 styled_font[2] = &gui.boldital_font;
4953
Bram Moolenaarb85cb212009-05-17 14:24:23 +00004954 /* First free whatever was previously there. */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004955 for (i = 0; i < 3; ++i)
4956 if (*styled_font[i])
4957 {
4958 gdk_font_unref(*styled_font[i]);
4959 *styled_font[i] = NULL;
4960 }
4961
4962 if ((sdup = g_strdup((const char *)font_name)) == NULL)
4963 return;
4964
4965 /* split up the whole */
4966 i = 0;
4967 for (tmp = sdup; *tmp != '\0'; ++tmp)
4968 {
4969 if (*tmp == '-')
4970 {
4971 *tmp = '\0';
4972
4973 if (i == 32)
4974 break;
4975
4976 chunk[i] = tmp + 1;
4977 ++i;
4978 }
4979 }
4980
4981 if (i == 14)
4982 {
4983 GdkFont *font = NULL;
4984 const char *bold_chunk[3] = { "bold", NULL, "bold" };
4985 const char *italic_chunk[3] = { NULL, "o", "o" };
4986
4987 /* font name was complete */
4988 len = strlen((const char *)font_name) + 32;
4989
4990 for (i = 0; i < 3; ++i)
4991 {
4992 char *styled_name;
4993 int j;
4994
4995 styled_name = (char *)alloc(len);
4996 if (styled_name == NULL)
4997 {
4998 g_free(sdup);
4999 return;
5000 }
5001
5002 *styled_name = '\0';
5003
5004 for (j = 0; j < 14; ++j)
5005 {
5006 strcat(styled_name, "-");
5007 if (j == 2 && bold_chunk[i] != NULL)
5008 strcat(styled_name, bold_chunk[i]);
5009 else if (j == 3 && italic_chunk[i] != NULL)
5010 strcat(styled_name, italic_chunk[i]);
5011 else
5012 strcat(styled_name, chunk[j]);
5013 }
5014
5015 font = gui_mch_get_font((char_u *)styled_name, FALSE);
5016 if (font != NULL)
5017 *styled_font[i] = font;
5018
5019 vim_free(styled_name);
5020 }
5021 }
5022
5023 g_free(sdup);
5024}
5025#endif /* !HAVE_GTK2 */
5026
5027#ifdef HAVE_GTK2
5028static PangoEngineShape *default_shape_engine = NULL;
5029
5030/*
5031 * Create a map from ASCII characters in the range [32,126] to glyphs
5032 * of the current font. This is used by gui_gtk2_draw_string() to skip
5033 * the itemize and shaping process for the most common case.
5034 */
5035 static void
5036ascii_glyph_table_init(void)
5037{
5038 char_u ascii_chars[128];
5039 PangoAttrList *attr_list;
5040 GList *item_list;
5041 int i;
5042
5043 if (gui.ascii_glyphs != NULL)
5044 pango_glyph_string_free(gui.ascii_glyphs);
5045 if (gui.ascii_font != NULL)
5046 g_object_unref(gui.ascii_font);
5047
5048 gui.ascii_glyphs = NULL;
5049 gui.ascii_font = NULL;
5050
5051 /* For safety, fill in question marks for the control characters. */
5052 for (i = 0; i < 32; ++i)
5053 ascii_chars[i] = '?';
5054 for (; i < 127; ++i)
5055 ascii_chars[i] = i;
5056 ascii_chars[i] = '?';
5057
5058 attr_list = pango_attr_list_new();
5059 item_list = pango_itemize(gui.text_context, (const char *)ascii_chars,
5060 0, sizeof(ascii_chars), attr_list, NULL);
5061
5062 if (item_list != NULL && item_list->next == NULL) /* play safe */
5063 {
5064 PangoItem *item;
5065 int width;
5066
5067 item = (PangoItem *)item_list->data;
5068 width = gui.char_width * PANGO_SCALE;
5069
5070 /* Remember the shape engine used for ASCII. */
5071 default_shape_engine = item->analysis.shape_engine;
5072
5073 gui.ascii_font = item->analysis.font;
5074 g_object_ref(gui.ascii_font);
5075
5076 gui.ascii_glyphs = pango_glyph_string_new();
5077
5078 pango_shape((const char *)ascii_chars, sizeof(ascii_chars),
5079 &item->analysis, gui.ascii_glyphs);
5080
5081 g_return_if_fail(gui.ascii_glyphs->num_glyphs == sizeof(ascii_chars));
5082
5083 for (i = 0; i < gui.ascii_glyphs->num_glyphs; ++i)
5084 {
5085 PangoGlyphGeometry *geom;
5086
5087 geom = &gui.ascii_glyphs->glyphs[i].geometry;
5088 geom->x_offset += MAX(0, width - geom->width) / 2;
5089 geom->width = width;
5090 }
5091 }
5092
5093 g_list_foreach(item_list, (GFunc)&pango_item_free, NULL);
5094 g_list_free(item_list);
5095 pango_attr_list_unref(attr_list);
5096}
5097#endif /* HAVE_GTK2 */
5098
5099/*
5100 * Initialize Vim to use the font or fontset with the given name.
5101 * Return FAIL if the font could not be loaded, OK otherwise.
5102 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005103 int
Bram Moolenaarb85cb212009-05-17 14:24:23 +00005104gui_mch_init_font(char_u *font_name, int fontset UNUSED)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005105{
5106#ifdef HAVE_GTK2
5107 PangoFontDescription *font_desc;
5108 PangoLayout *layout;
5109 int width;
5110
5111 /* If font_name is NULL, this means to use the default, which should
5112 * be present on all proper Pango/fontconfig installations. */
5113 if (font_name == NULL)
5114 font_name = (char_u *)DEFAULT_FONT;
5115
5116 font_desc = gui_mch_get_font(font_name, FALSE);
5117
5118 if (font_desc == NULL)
5119 return FAIL;
5120
5121 gui_mch_free_font(gui.norm_font);
5122 gui.norm_font = font_desc;
5123
5124 pango_context_set_font_description(gui.text_context, font_desc);
5125
5126 layout = pango_layout_new(gui.text_context);
5127 pango_layout_set_text(layout, "MW", 2);
5128 pango_layout_get_size(layout, &width, NULL);
5129 /*
5130 * Set char_width to half the width obtained from pango_layout_get_size()
5131 * for CJK fixed_width/bi-width fonts. An unpatched version of Xft leads
5132 * Pango to use the same width for both non-CJK characters (e.g. Latin
5133 * letters and numbers) and CJK characters. This results in 's p a c e d
5134 * o u t' rendering when a CJK 'fixed width' font is used. To work around
5135 * that, divide the width returned by Pango by 2 if cjk_width is equal to
5136 * width for CJK fonts.
5137 *
5138 * For related bugs, see:
5139 * http://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=106618
5140 * http://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=106624
5141 *
5142 * With this, for all four of the following cases, Vim works fine:
5143 * guifont=CJK_fixed_width_font
5144 * guifont=Non_CJK_fixed_font
5145 * guifont=Non_CJK_fixed_font,CJK_Fixed_font
5146 * guifont=Non_CJK_fixed_font guifontwide=CJK_fixed_font
5147 */
5148 if (is_cjk_font(gui.norm_font))
5149 {
5150 int cjk_width;
5151
5152 /* Measure the text extent of U+4E00 and U+4E8C */
5153 pango_layout_set_text(layout, "\344\270\200\344\272\214", -1);
5154 pango_layout_get_size(layout, &cjk_width, NULL);
5155
5156 if (width == cjk_width) /* Xft not patched */
5157 width /= 2;
5158 }
5159 g_object_unref(layout);
5160
5161 gui.char_width = (width / 2 + PANGO_SCALE - 1) / PANGO_SCALE;
5162
5163 /* A zero width may cause a crash. Happens for semi-invalid fontsets. */
5164 if (gui.char_width <= 0)
5165 gui.char_width = 8;
5166
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00005167 gui_mch_adjust_charheight();
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005168
5169 /* Set the fontname, which will be used for information purposes */
5170 hl_set_font_name(font_name);
5171
5172 get_styled_font_variants();
5173 ascii_glyph_table_init();
5174
5175 /* Avoid unnecessary overhead if 'guifontwide' is equal to 'guifont'. */
5176 if (gui.wide_font != NULL
5177 && pango_font_description_equal(gui.norm_font, gui.wide_font))
5178 {
5179 pango_font_description_free(gui.wide_font);
5180 gui.wide_font = NULL;
5181 }
5182
5183#else /* !HAVE_GTK2 */
5184
5185 GdkFont *font = NULL;
5186
5187# ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
5188 /* Try loading a fontset. If this fails we try loading a normal font. */
5189 if (fontset && font_name != NULL)
5190 font = gui_mch_get_fontset(font_name, TRUE, TRUE);
5191
5192 if (font == NULL)
5193# endif
5194 {
5195 /* If font_name is NULL, this means to use the default, which should
5196 * be present on all X11 servers. */
5197 if (font_name == NULL)
5198 font_name = (char_u *)DEFAULT_FONT;
5199 font = gui_mch_get_font(font_name, FALSE);
5200 }
5201
5202 if (font == NULL)
5203 return FAIL;
5204
5205 gui_mch_free_font(gui.norm_font);
5206# ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
5207 gui_mch_free_fontset(gui.fontset);
5208 if (font->type == GDK_FONT_FONTSET)
5209 {
5210 gui.norm_font = NOFONT;
5211 gui.fontset = (GuiFontset)font;
5212 /* Use two bytes, this works around the problem that the result would
5213 * be zero if no 8-bit font was found. */
5214 gui.char_width = gdk_string_width(font, "xW") / 2;
5215 }
5216 else
5217# endif
5218 {
5219 gui.norm_font = font;
5220# ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
5221 gui.fontset = NOFONTSET;
5222# endif
5223 gui.char_width = ((XFontStruct *)
5224 GDK_FONT_XFONT(font))->max_bounds.width;
5225 }
5226
5227 /* A zero width may cause a crash. Happens for semi-invalid fontsets. */
5228 if (gui.char_width <= 0)
5229 gui.char_width = 8;
5230
5231 gui.char_height = font->ascent + font->descent + p_linespace;
5232 gui.char_ascent = font->ascent + p_linespace / 2;
5233
5234 /* A not-positive value of char_height may crash Vim. Only happens
5235 * if 'linespace' is negative (which does make sense sometimes). */
5236 gui.char_ascent = MAX(gui.char_ascent, 0);
5237 gui.char_height = MAX(gui.char_height, gui.char_ascent + 1);
5238
5239 /* Set the fontname, which will be used for information purposes */
5240 hl_set_font_name(font_name);
5241
5242 if (font->type != GDK_FONT_FONTSET)
5243 get_styled_font_variants(font_name);
5244
5245 /* Synchronize the fonts used in user input dialogs, since otherwise
5246 * search/replace will be esp. annoying in case of international font
5247 * usage.
5248 */
5249 gui_gtk_synch_fonts();
5250
5251# ifdef FEAT_XIM
5252 /* Adjust input management behaviour to the capabilities of the new
5253 * fontset */
5254 xim_decide_input_style();
5255 if (xim_get_status_area_height())
5256 {
5257 /* Status area is required. Just create the empty container so that
5258 * mainwin will allocate the extra space for status area. */
5259 GtkWidget *alignment = gtk_alignment_new((gfloat)0.5, (gfloat)0.5,
5260 (gfloat)1.0, (gfloat)1.0);
5261
5262 gtk_widget_set_usize(alignment, 20, gui.char_height + 2);
5263 gtk_box_pack_end(GTK_BOX(GTK_BIN(gui.mainwin)->child),
5264 alignment, FALSE, FALSE, 0);
5265 gtk_widget_show(alignment);
5266 }
5267# endif
5268#endif /* !HAVE_GTK2 */
5269
Bram Moolenaare161c792009-11-03 17:13:59 +00005270#ifdef HAVE_GTK2
5271 if (gui_mch_maximized())
5272 {
5273 int w, h;
5274
5275 /* Update lines and columns in accordance with the new font, keep the
5276 * window maximized. */
5277 gtk_window_get_size(GTK_WINDOW(gui.mainwin), &w, &h);
5278 w -= get_menu_tool_width();
5279 h -= get_menu_tool_height();
5280 gui_resize_shell(w, h);
5281 }
5282 else
5283#endif
5284 {
5285 /* Preserve the logical dimensions of the screen. */
5286 update_window_manager_hints(0, 0);
5287 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005288
5289 return OK;
5290}
5291
5292/*
5293 * Get a reference to the font "name".
5294 * Return zero for failure.
5295 */
5296 GuiFont
5297gui_mch_get_font(char_u *name, int report_error)
5298{
5299#ifdef HAVE_GTK2
5300 PangoFontDescription *font;
5301#else
5302 GdkFont *font;
5303#endif
5304
5305 /* can't do this when GUI is not running */
5306 if (!gui.in_use || name == NULL)
5307 return NULL;
5308
5309#ifdef HAVE_GTK2
5310 if (output_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
5311 {
5312 char_u *buf;
5313
5314 buf = string_convert(&output_conv, name, NULL);
5315 if (buf != NULL)
5316 {
5317 font = pango_font_description_from_string((const char *)buf);
5318 vim_free(buf);
5319 }
5320 else
5321 font = NULL;
5322 }
5323 else
5324 font = pango_font_description_from_string((const char *)name);
5325
5326 if (font != NULL)
5327 {
5328 PangoFont *real_font;
5329
5330 /* pango_context_load_font() bails out if no font size is set */
5331 if (pango_font_description_get_size(font) <= 0)
5332 pango_font_description_set_size(font, 10 * PANGO_SCALE);
5333
5334 real_font = pango_context_load_font(gui.text_context, font);
5335
5336 if (real_font == NULL)
5337 {
5338 pango_font_description_free(font);
5339 font = NULL;
5340 }
5341 else
5342 g_object_unref(real_font);
5343 }
5344#else
5345 font = gdk_font_load((const gchar *)name);
5346#endif
5347
5348 if (font == NULL)
5349 {
5350 if (report_error)
Bram Moolenaarc93e7912008-07-08 10:46:08 +00005351 EMSG2(_((char *)e_font), name);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005352 return NULL;
5353 }
5354
5355#ifdef HAVE_GTK2
5356 /*
5357 * The fixed-width check has been disabled for GTK+ 2. Rationale:
5358 *
5359 * - The check tends to report false positives, particularly
5360 * in non-Latin locales or with old X fonts.
5361 * - Thanks to our fixed-width hack in gui_gtk2_draw_string(),
5362 * GTK+ 2 Vim is actually capable of displaying variable width
5363 * fonts. Those will just be spaced out like in AA xterm.
5364 * - Failing here for the default font causes GUI startup to fail
5365 * even with wiped out configuration files.
5366 * - The font dialog displays all fonts unfiltered, and it's rather
5367 * annoying if 95% of the listed fonts produce an error message.
5368 */
5369# if 0
5370 {
5371 /* Check that this is a mono-spaced font. Naturally, this is a bit
5372 * hackish -- fixed-width isn't really suitable for i18n text :/ */
5373 PangoLayout *layout;
5374 unsigned int i;
5375 int last_width = -1;
5376 const char test_chars[] = { 'W', 'i', ',', 'x' }; /* arbitrary */
5377
5378 layout = pango_layout_new(gui.text_context);
5379 pango_layout_set_font_description(layout, font);
5380
5381 for (i = 0; i < G_N_ELEMENTS(test_chars); ++i)
5382 {
5383 int width;
5384
5385 pango_layout_set_text(layout, &test_chars[i], 1);
5386 pango_layout_get_size(layout, &width, NULL);
5387
5388 if (last_width >= 0 && width != last_width)
5389 {
5390 pango_font_description_free(font);
5391 font = NULL;
5392 break;
5393 }
5394
5395 last_width = width;
5396 }
5397
5398 g_object_unref(layout);
5399 }
5400# endif
5401#else /* !HAVE_GTK2 */
5402 {
5403 XFontStruct *xfont;
5404
5405 /* reference this font as being in use */
5406 gdk_font_ref(font);
5407
5408 /* Check that this is a mono-spaced font.
5409 */
5410 xfont = (XFontStruct *) GDK_FONT_XFONT(font);
5411
5412 if (xfont->max_bounds.width != xfont->min_bounds.width)
5413 {
5414 gdk_font_unref(font);
5415 font = NULL;
5416 }
5417 }
5418#endif /* !HAVE_GTK2 */
5419
5420#if !defined(HAVE_GTK2) || 0 /* disabled for GTK+ 2, see above */
5421 if (font == NULL && report_error)
5422 EMSG2(_(e_fontwidth), name);
5423#endif
5424
5425 return font;
5426}
5427
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00005428#if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
Bram Moolenaar46c9c732004-12-12 11:37:09 +00005429/*
5430 * Return the name of font "font" in allocated memory.
5431 */
Bram Moolenaar46c9c732004-12-12 11:37:09 +00005432 char_u *
Bram Moolenaarb85cb212009-05-17 14:24:23 +00005433gui_mch_get_fontname(GuiFont font, char_u *name UNUSED)
Bram Moolenaar46c9c732004-12-12 11:37:09 +00005434{
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00005435# ifdef HAVE_GTK2
Bram Moolenaar46c9c732004-12-12 11:37:09 +00005436 if (font != NOFONT)
5437 {
Bram Moolenaar89d40322006-08-29 15:30:07 +00005438 char *pangoname = pango_font_description_to_string(font);
Bram Moolenaar46c9c732004-12-12 11:37:09 +00005439
Bram Moolenaar89d40322006-08-29 15:30:07 +00005440 if (pangoname != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar46c9c732004-12-12 11:37:09 +00005441 {
Bram Moolenaar89d40322006-08-29 15:30:07 +00005442 char_u *s = vim_strsave((char_u *)pangoname);
Bram Moolenaar46c9c732004-12-12 11:37:09 +00005443
Bram Moolenaar89d40322006-08-29 15:30:07 +00005444 g_free(pangoname);
Bram Moolenaar46c9c732004-12-12 11:37:09 +00005445 return s;
5446 }
5447 }
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00005448# else
Bram Moolenaar46c9c732004-12-12 11:37:09 +00005449 /* Don't know how to get the name, return what we got. */
5450 if (name != NULL)
5451 return vim_strsave(name);
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00005452# endif
Bram Moolenaar46c9c732004-12-12 11:37:09 +00005453 return NULL;
5454}
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00005455#endif
Bram Moolenaar46c9c732004-12-12 11:37:09 +00005456
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005457#if !defined(HAVE_GTK2) || defined(PROTO)
5458/*
5459 * Set the current text font.
5460 * Since we create all GC on demand, we use just gui.current_font to
5461 * indicate the desired current font.
5462 */
5463 void
5464gui_mch_set_font(GuiFont font)
5465{
5466 gui.current_font = font;
5467}
5468#endif
5469
5470#if defined(FEAT_XFONTSET) || defined(PROTO)
5471/*
5472 * Set the current text fontset.
5473 */
5474 void
5475gui_mch_set_fontset(GuiFontset fontset)
5476{
5477 gui.current_font = fontset;
5478}
5479#endif
5480
5481/*
5482 * If a font is not going to be used, free its structure.
5483 */
5484 void
5485gui_mch_free_font(GuiFont font)
5486{
5487 if (font != NOFONT)
5488#ifdef HAVE_GTK2
5489 pango_font_description_free(font);
5490#else
5491 gdk_font_unref(font);
5492#endif
5493}
5494
5495#if defined(FEAT_XFONTSET) || defined(PROTO)
5496/*
5497 * If a fontset is not going to be used, free its structure.
5498 */
5499 void
5500gui_mch_free_fontset(GuiFontset fontset)
5501{
5502 if (fontset != NOFONTSET)
5503 gdk_font_unref(fontset);
5504}
5505#endif
5506
5507
5508/*
5509 * Return the Pixel value (color) for the given color name. This routine was
5510 * pretty much taken from example code in the Silicon Graphics OSF/Motif
5511 * Programmer's Guide.
5512 * Return INVALCOLOR for error.
5513 */
5514 guicolor_T
5515gui_mch_get_color(char_u *name)
5516{
5517 /* A number of colors that some X11 systems don't have */
5518 static const char *const vimnames[][2] =
5519 {
Bram Moolenaarb21e5842006-04-16 18:30:08 +00005520 {"LightRed", "#FFBBBB"},
5521 {"LightGreen", "#88FF88"},
5522 {"LightMagenta","#FFBBFF"},
5523 {"DarkCyan", "#008888"},
5524 {"DarkBlue", "#0000BB"},
5525 {"DarkRed", "#BB0000"},
5526 {"DarkMagenta", "#BB00BB"},
5527 {"DarkGrey", "#BBBBBB"},
5528 {"DarkYellow", "#BBBB00"},
5529 {"Gray10", "#1A1A1A"},
5530 {"Grey10", "#1A1A1A"},
5531 {"Gray20", "#333333"},
5532 {"Grey20", "#333333"},
5533 {"Gray30", "#4D4D4D"},
5534 {"Grey30", "#4D4D4D"},
5535 {"Gray40", "#666666"},
5536 {"Grey40", "#666666"},
5537 {"Gray50", "#7F7F7F"},
5538 {"Grey50", "#7F7F7F"},
5539 {"Gray60", "#999999"},
5540 {"Grey60", "#999999"},
5541 {"Gray70", "#B3B3B3"},
5542 {"Grey70", "#B3B3B3"},
5543 {"Gray80", "#CCCCCC"},
5544 {"Grey80", "#CCCCCC"},
5545 {"Gray90", "#E5E5E5"},
5546 {"Grey90", "#E5E5E5"},
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005547 {NULL, NULL}
5548 };
5549
5550 if (!gui.in_use) /* can't do this when GUI not running */
5551 return INVALCOLOR;
5552
5553 while (name != NULL)
5554 {
5555 GdkColor color;
5556 int parsed;
5557 int i;
5558
5559 parsed = gdk_color_parse((const char *)name, &color);
5560
5561#ifndef HAVE_GTK2 /* ohh, lovely GTK+ 2, eases our pain :) */
5562 /*
5563 * Since we have already called gtk_set_locale here the bugger
5564 * XParseColor will accept only explicit color names in the language
Bram Moolenaar49325942007-05-10 19:19:59 +00005565 * of the current locale. However this will interfere with:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005566 * 1. Vim's global startup files
5567 * 2. Explicit color names in .vimrc
5568 *
5569 * Therefore we first try to parse the color in the current locale and
5570 * if it fails, we fall back to the portable "C" one.
5571 */
5572 if (!parsed)
5573 {
5574 char *current;
5575
5576 current = setlocale(LC_ALL, NULL);
5577 if (current != NULL)
5578 {
5579 char *saved;
5580
5581 saved = g_strdup(current);
5582 setlocale(LC_ALL, "C");
5583
5584 parsed = gdk_color_parse((const gchar *)name, &color);
5585
5586 setlocale(LC_ALL, saved);
5587 gtk_set_locale();
5588
5589 g_free(saved);
5590 }
5591 }
5592#endif /* !HAVE_GTK2 */
5593
5594 if (parsed)
5595 {
5596#ifdef HAVE_GTK2
5597 gdk_colormap_alloc_color(gtk_widget_get_colormap(gui.drawarea),
5598 &color, FALSE, TRUE);
5599#else
5600 gdk_color_alloc(gtk_widget_get_colormap(gui.drawarea), &color);
5601#endif
5602 return (guicolor_T)color.pixel;
5603 }
5604 /* add a few builtin names and try again */
5605 for (i = 0; ; ++i)
5606 {
5607 if (vimnames[i][0] == NULL)
5608 {
5609 name = NULL;
5610 break;
5611 }
5612 if (STRICMP(name, vimnames[i][0]) == 0)
5613 {
5614 name = (char_u *)vimnames[i][1];
5615 break;
5616 }
5617 }
5618 }
5619
5620 return INVALCOLOR;
5621}
5622
5623/*
5624 * Set the current text foreground color.
5625 */
5626 void
5627gui_mch_set_fg_color(guicolor_T color)
5628{
5629 gui.fgcolor->pixel = (unsigned long)color;
5630}
5631
5632/*
5633 * Set the current text background color.
5634 */
5635 void
5636gui_mch_set_bg_color(guicolor_T color)
5637{
5638 gui.bgcolor->pixel = (unsigned long)color;
5639}
5640
Bram Moolenaarf36d3692005-03-15 22:48:14 +00005641/*
5642 * Set the current text special color.
5643 */
5644 void
5645gui_mch_set_sp_color(guicolor_T color)
5646{
5647 gui.spcolor->pixel = (unsigned long)color;
5648}
5649
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005650#ifdef HAVE_GTK2
5651/*
5652 * Function-like convenience macro for the sake of efficiency.
5653 */
5654#define INSERT_PANGO_ATTR(Attribute, AttrList, Start, End) \
5655 G_STMT_START{ \
5656 PangoAttribute *tmp_attr_; \
5657 tmp_attr_ = (Attribute); \
5658 tmp_attr_->start_index = (Start); \
5659 tmp_attr_->end_index = (End); \
5660 pango_attr_list_insert((AttrList), tmp_attr_); \
5661 }G_STMT_END
5662
5663 static void
5664apply_wide_font_attr(char_u *s, int len, PangoAttrList *attr_list)
5665{
5666 char_u *start = NULL;
5667 char_u *p;
5668 int uc;
5669
5670 for (p = s; p < s + len; p += utf_byte2len(*p))
5671 {
5672 uc = utf_ptr2char(p);
5673
5674 if (start == NULL)
5675 {
5676 if (uc >= 0x80 && utf_char2cells(uc) == 2)
5677 start = p;
5678 }
5679 else if (uc < 0x80 /* optimization shortcut */
5680 || (utf_char2cells(uc) != 2 && !utf_iscomposing(uc)))
5681 {
5682 INSERT_PANGO_ATTR(pango_attr_font_desc_new(gui.wide_font),
5683 attr_list, start - s, p - s);
5684 start = NULL;
5685 }
5686 }
5687
5688 if (start != NULL)
5689 INSERT_PANGO_ATTR(pango_attr_font_desc_new(gui.wide_font),
5690 attr_list, start - s, len);
5691}
5692
5693 static int
5694count_cluster_cells(char_u *s, PangoItem *item,
5695 PangoGlyphString* glyphs, int i,
5696 int *cluster_width,
5697 int *last_glyph_rbearing)
5698{
5699 char_u *p;
5700 int next; /* glyph start index of next cluster */
5701 int start, end; /* string segment of current cluster */
5702 int width; /* real cluster width in Pango units */
5703 int uc;
5704 int cellcount = 0;
5705
5706 width = glyphs->glyphs[i].geometry.width;
5707
5708 for (next = i + 1; next < glyphs->num_glyphs; ++next)
5709 {
5710 if (glyphs->glyphs[next].attr.is_cluster_start)
5711 break;
5712 else if (glyphs->glyphs[next].geometry.width > width)
5713 width = glyphs->glyphs[next].geometry.width;
5714 }
5715
5716 start = item->offset + glyphs->log_clusters[i];
5717 end = item->offset + ((next < glyphs->num_glyphs) ?
5718 glyphs->log_clusters[next] : item->length);
5719
5720 for (p = s + start; p < s + end; p += utf_byte2len(*p))
5721 {
5722 uc = utf_ptr2char(p);
5723 if (uc < 0x80)
5724 ++cellcount;
5725 else if (!utf_iscomposing(uc))
5726 cellcount += utf_char2cells(uc);
5727 }
5728
5729 if (last_glyph_rbearing != NULL
5730 && cellcount > 0 && next == glyphs->num_glyphs)
5731 {
5732 PangoRectangle ink_rect;
5733 /*
5734 * If a certain combining mark had to be taken from a non-monospace
5735 * font, we have to compensate manually by adapting x_offset according
5736 * to the ink extents of the previous glyph.
5737 */
5738 pango_font_get_glyph_extents(item->analysis.font,
5739 glyphs->glyphs[i].glyph,
5740 &ink_rect, NULL);
5741
5742 if (PANGO_RBEARING(ink_rect) > 0)
5743 *last_glyph_rbearing = PANGO_RBEARING(ink_rect);
5744 }
5745
5746 if (cellcount > 0)
5747 *cluster_width = width;
5748
5749 return cellcount;
5750}
5751
5752/*
5753 * If there are only combining characters in the cluster, we cannot just
5754 * change the width of the previous glyph since there is none. Therefore
5755 * some guesswork is needed.
5756 *
5757 * If ink_rect.x is negative Pango apparently has taken care of the composing
5758 * by itself. Actually setting x_offset = 0 should be sufficient then, but due
5759 * to problems with composing from different fonts we still need to fine-tune
5760 * x_offset to avoid uglyness.
5761 *
5762 * If ink_rect.x is not negative, force overstriking by pointing x_offset to
5763 * the position of the previous glyph. Apparently this happens only with old
5764 * X fonts which don't provide the special combining information needed by
5765 * Pango.
5766 */
5767 static void
5768setup_zero_width_cluster(PangoItem *item, PangoGlyphInfo *glyph,
5769 int last_cellcount, int last_cluster_width,
5770 int last_glyph_rbearing)
5771{
5772 PangoRectangle ink_rect;
5773 PangoRectangle logical_rect;
5774 int width;
5775
5776 width = last_cellcount * gui.char_width * PANGO_SCALE;
5777 glyph->geometry.x_offset = -width + MAX(0, width - last_cluster_width) / 2;
5778 glyph->geometry.width = 0;
5779
5780 pango_font_get_glyph_extents(item->analysis.font,
5781 glyph->glyph,
5782 &ink_rect, &logical_rect);
5783 if (ink_rect.x < 0)
5784 {
5785 glyph->geometry.x_offset += last_glyph_rbearing;
5786 glyph->geometry.y_offset = logical_rect.height
5787 - (gui.char_height - p_linespace) * PANGO_SCALE;
5788 }
5789}
5790
5791 static void
5792draw_glyph_string(int row, int col, int num_cells, int flags,
5793 PangoFont *font, PangoGlyphString *glyphs)
5794{
5795 if (!(flags & DRAW_TRANSP))
5796 {
5797 gdk_gc_set_foreground(gui.text_gc, gui.bgcolor);
5798
5799 gdk_draw_rectangle(gui.drawarea->window,
5800 gui.text_gc,
5801 TRUE,
5802 FILL_X(col),
5803 FILL_Y(row),
5804 num_cells * gui.char_width,
5805 gui.char_height);
5806 }
5807
5808 gdk_gc_set_foreground(gui.text_gc, gui.fgcolor);
5809
5810 gdk_draw_glyphs(gui.drawarea->window,
5811 gui.text_gc,
5812 font,
5813 TEXT_X(col),
5814 TEXT_Y(row),
5815 glyphs);
5816
5817 /* redraw the contents with an offset of 1 to emulate bold */
5818 if ((flags & DRAW_BOLD) && !gui.font_can_bold)
5819 gdk_draw_glyphs(gui.drawarea->window,
5820 gui.text_gc,
5821 font,
5822 TEXT_X(col) + 1,
5823 TEXT_Y(row),
5824 glyphs);
5825}
5826
5827#endif /* HAVE_GTK2 */
5828
Bram Moolenaarf36d3692005-03-15 22:48:14 +00005829/*
5830 * Draw underline and undercurl at the bottom of the character cell.
5831 */
5832 static void
5833draw_under(int flags, int row, int col, int cells)
5834{
5835 int i;
5836 int offset;
Bram Moolenaarb85cb212009-05-17 14:24:23 +00005837 static const int val[8] = {1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 2, 2 };
Bram Moolenaarf36d3692005-03-15 22:48:14 +00005838 int y = FILL_Y(row + 1) - 1;
5839
5840 /* Undercurl: draw curl at the bottom of the character cell. */
5841 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERC)
5842 {
5843 gdk_gc_set_foreground(gui.text_gc, gui.spcolor);
5844 for (i = FILL_X(col); i < FILL_X(col + cells); ++i)
5845 {
5846 offset = val[i % 8];
5847 gdk_draw_point(gui.drawarea->window, gui.text_gc, i, y - offset);
5848 }
5849 gdk_gc_set_foreground(gui.text_gc, gui.fgcolor);
5850 }
5851
5852 /* Underline: draw a line at the bottom of the character cell. */
5853 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERL)
5854 {
5855 /* When p_linespace is 0, overwrite the bottom row of pixels.
5856 * Otherwise put the line just below the character. */
5857 if (p_linespace > 1)
5858 y -= p_linespace - 1;
5859 gdk_draw_line(gui.drawarea->window, gui.text_gc,
5860 FILL_X(col), y,
5861 FILL_X(col + cells) - 1, y);
5862 }
5863}
5864
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005865#if defined(HAVE_GTK2) || defined(PROTO)
5866 int
5867gui_gtk2_draw_string(int row, int col, char_u *s, int len, int flags)
5868{
5869 GdkRectangle area; /* area for clip mask */
5870 PangoGlyphString *glyphs; /* glyphs of current item */
5871 int column_offset = 0; /* column offset in cells */
5872 int i;
5873 char_u *conv_buf = NULL; /* result of UTF-8 conversion */
5874 char_u *new_conv_buf;
5875 int convlen;
5876 char_u *sp, *bp;
5877 int plen;
5878
5879 if (gui.text_context == NULL || gui.drawarea->window == NULL)
5880 return len;
5881
5882 if (output_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
5883 {
5884 /*
5885 * Convert characters from 'encoding' to 'termencoding', which is set
5886 * to UTF-8 by gui_mch_init(). did_set_string_option() in option.c
5887 * prohibits changing this to something else than UTF-8 if the GUI is
5888 * in use.
5889 */
5890 convlen = len;
5891 conv_buf = string_convert(&output_conv, s, &convlen);
5892 g_return_val_if_fail(conv_buf != NULL, len);
5893
5894 /* Correct for differences in char width: some chars are
5895 * double-wide in 'encoding' but single-wide in utf-8. Add a space to
5896 * compensate for that. */
5897 for (sp = s, bp = conv_buf; sp < s + len && bp < conv_buf + convlen; )
5898 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00005899 plen = utf_ptr2len(bp);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005900 if ((*mb_ptr2cells)(sp) == 2 && utf_ptr2cells(bp) == 1)
5901 {
5902 new_conv_buf = alloc(convlen + 2);
5903 if (new_conv_buf == NULL)
5904 return len;
5905 plen += bp - conv_buf;
5906 mch_memmove(new_conv_buf, conv_buf, plen);
5907 new_conv_buf[plen] = ' ';
5908 mch_memmove(new_conv_buf + plen + 1, conv_buf + plen,
5909 convlen - plen + 1);
5910 vim_free(conv_buf);
5911 conv_buf = new_conv_buf;
5912 ++convlen;
5913 bp = conv_buf + plen;
5914 plen = 1;
5915 }
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00005916 sp += (*mb_ptr2len)(sp);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005917 bp += plen;
5918 }
5919 s = conv_buf;
5920 len = convlen;
5921 }
5922
5923 /*
5924 * Restrict all drawing to the current screen line in order to prevent
5925 * fuzzy font lookups from messing up the screen.
5926 */
5927 area.x = gui.border_offset;
5928 area.y = FILL_Y(row);
5929 area.width = gui.num_cols * gui.char_width;
5930 area.height = gui.char_height;
5931
5932 gdk_gc_set_clip_origin(gui.text_gc, 0, 0);
5933 gdk_gc_set_clip_rectangle(gui.text_gc, &area);
5934
5935 glyphs = pango_glyph_string_new();
5936
5937 /*
5938 * Optimization hack: If possible, skip the itemize and shaping process
5939 * for pure ASCII strings. This optimization is particularly effective
5940 * because Vim draws space characters to clear parts of the screen.
5941 */
5942 if (!(flags & DRAW_ITALIC)
5943 && !((flags & DRAW_BOLD) && gui.font_can_bold)
5944 && gui.ascii_glyphs != NULL)
5945 {
5946 char_u *p;
5947
5948 for (p = s; p < s + len; ++p)
5949 if (*p & 0x80)
5950 goto not_ascii;
5951
5952 pango_glyph_string_set_size(glyphs, len);
5953
5954 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
5955 {
5956 glyphs->glyphs[i] = gui.ascii_glyphs->glyphs[s[i]];
5957 glyphs->log_clusters[i] = i;
5958 }
5959
5960 draw_glyph_string(row, col, len, flags, gui.ascii_font, glyphs);
5961
5962 column_offset = len;
5963 }
5964 else
5965not_ascii:
5966 {
5967 PangoAttrList *attr_list;
5968 GList *item_list;
5969 int cluster_width;
5970 int last_glyph_rbearing;
5971 int cells = 0; /* cells occupied by current cluster */
Bram Moolenaar6e7c7f32005-08-24 22:16:11 +00005972#if 0
5973 int monospace13 = STRICMP(p_guifont, "monospace 13") == 0;
5974#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005975
Bram Moolenaar3fdfa4a2004-10-07 21:02:47 +00005976 /* Safety check: pango crashes when invoked with invalid utf-8
5977 * characters. */
5978 if (!utf_valid_string(s, s + len))
5979 {
5980 column_offset = len;
5981 goto skipitall;
5982 }
5983
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005984 /* original width of the current cluster */
5985 cluster_width = PANGO_SCALE * gui.char_width;
5986
5987 /* right bearing of the last non-composing glyph */
5988 last_glyph_rbearing = PANGO_SCALE * gui.char_width;
5989
5990 attr_list = pango_attr_list_new();
5991
5992 /* If 'guifontwide' is set then use that for double-width characters.
5993 * Otherwise just go with 'guifont' and let Pango do its thing. */
5994 if (gui.wide_font != NULL)
5995 apply_wide_font_attr(s, len, attr_list);
5996
5997 if ((flags & DRAW_BOLD) && gui.font_can_bold)
5998 INSERT_PANGO_ATTR(pango_attr_weight_new(PANGO_WEIGHT_BOLD),
5999 attr_list, 0, len);
6000 if (flags & DRAW_ITALIC)
6001 INSERT_PANGO_ATTR(pango_attr_style_new(PANGO_STYLE_ITALIC),
6002 attr_list, 0, len);
6003 /*
6004 * Break the text into segments with consistent directional level
6005 * and shaping engine. Pure Latin text needs only a single segment,
6006 * so there's no need to worry about the loop's efficiency. Better
6007 * try to optimize elsewhere, e.g. reducing exposes and stuff :)
6008 */
6009 item_list = pango_itemize(gui.text_context,
6010 (const char *)s, 0, len, attr_list, NULL);
6011
6012 while (item_list != NULL)
6013 {
6014 PangoItem *item;
6015 int item_cells = 0; /* item length in cells */
6016
6017 item = (PangoItem *)item_list->data;
6018 item_list = g_list_delete_link(item_list, item_list);
6019 /*
6020 * Increment the bidirectional embedding level by 1 if it is not
6021 * even. An odd number means the output will be RTL, but we don't
6022 * want that since Vim handles right-to-left text on its own. It
6023 * would probably be sufficient to just set level = 0, but you can
6024 * never know :)
6025 *
6026 * Unfortunately we can't take advantage of Pango's ability to
6027 * render both LTR and RTL at the same time. In order to support
6028 * that, Vim's main screen engine would have to make use of Pango
6029 * functionality.
6030 */
6031 item->analysis.level = (item->analysis.level + 1) & (~1U);
6032
6033 /* HACK: Overrule the shape engine, we don't want shaping to be
6034 * done, because drawing the cursor would change the display. */
6035 item->analysis.shape_engine = default_shape_engine;
6036
6037 pango_shape((const char *)s + item->offset, item->length,
6038 &item->analysis, glyphs);
6039 /*
6040 * Fixed-width hack: iterate over the array and assign a fixed
6041 * width to each glyph, thus overriding the choice made by the
6042 * shaping engine. We use utf_char2cells() to determine the
6043 * number of cells needed.
6044 *
6045 * Also perform all kind of dark magic to get composing
6046 * characters right (and pretty too of course).
6047 */
6048 for (i = 0; i < glyphs->num_glyphs; ++i)
6049 {
6050 PangoGlyphInfo *glyph;
6051
6052 glyph = &glyphs->glyphs[i];
6053
6054 if (glyph->attr.is_cluster_start)
6055 {
6056 int cellcount;
6057
6058 cellcount = count_cluster_cells(
6059 s, item, glyphs, i, &cluster_width,
6060 (item_list != NULL) ? &last_glyph_rbearing : NULL);
6061
6062 if (cellcount > 0)
6063 {
6064 int width;
6065
6066 width = cellcount * gui.char_width * PANGO_SCALE;
6067 glyph->geometry.x_offset +=
6068 MAX(0, width - cluster_width) / 2;
6069 glyph->geometry.width = width;
6070 }
6071 else
6072 {
6073 /* If there are only combining characters in the
6074 * cluster, we cannot just change the width of the
6075 * previous glyph since there is none. Therefore
6076 * some guesswork is needed. */
6077 setup_zero_width_cluster(item, glyph, cells,
6078 cluster_width,
6079 last_glyph_rbearing);
6080 }
6081
6082 item_cells += cellcount;
6083 cells = cellcount;
6084 }
6085 else if (i > 0)
6086 {
6087 int width;
6088
6089 /* There is a previous glyph, so we deal with combining
6090 * characters the canonical way. That is, setting the
6091 * width of the previous glyph to 0. */
6092 glyphs->glyphs[i - 1].geometry.width = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006093 width = cells * gui.char_width * PANGO_SCALE;
6094 glyph->geometry.x_offset +=
6095 MAX(0, width - cluster_width) / 2;
Bram Moolenaar6e7c7f32005-08-24 22:16:11 +00006096#if 0
6097 /* Dirty hack: for "monospace 13" font there is a bug that
6098 * draws composing chars in the wrong position. Add
6099 * "width" to the offset to work around that. */
6100 if (monospace13)
6101 glyph->geometry.x_offset = width;
6102#endif
6103
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006104 glyph->geometry.width = width;
6105 }
6106 else /* i == 0 "cannot happen" */
6107 {
6108 glyph->geometry.width = 0;
6109 }
6110 }
6111
6112 /*** Aaaaand action! ***/
6113 draw_glyph_string(row, col + column_offset, item_cells,
6114 flags, item->analysis.font, glyphs);
6115
6116 pango_item_free(item);
6117
6118 column_offset += item_cells;
6119 }
6120
6121 pango_attr_list_unref(attr_list);
6122 }
6123
Bram Moolenaar3fdfa4a2004-10-07 21:02:47 +00006124skipitall:
Bram Moolenaarf36d3692005-03-15 22:48:14 +00006125 /* Draw underline and undercurl. */
6126 draw_under(flags, row, col, column_offset);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006127
6128 pango_glyph_string_free(glyphs);
6129 vim_free(conv_buf);
6130
6131 gdk_gc_set_clip_rectangle(gui.text_gc, NULL);
6132
6133 return column_offset;
6134}
6135#endif /* HAVE_GTK2 */
6136
6137#if !defined(HAVE_GTK2) || defined(PROTO)
6138 void
6139gui_mch_draw_string(int row, int col, char_u *s, int len, int flags)
6140{
6141 static XChar2b *buf = NULL;
6142 static int buflen = 0;
6143 int is_wide;
6144 XChar2b *text;
6145 int textlen;
6146 XFontStruct *xfont;
6147 char_u *p;
6148# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6149 unsigned c;
6150# endif
6151 int width;
6152
6153 if (gui.current_font == NULL || gui.drawarea->window == NULL)
6154 return;
6155
6156 /*
6157 * Yeah yeah apparently the font support in GTK+ 1.2 only cares for either:
6158 * asians or 8-bit fonts. It is broken there, but no wonder the whole font
6159 * stuff is broken in X11 in first place. And the internationalization API
6160 * isn't something you would really like to use.
6161 */
6162
6163 xfont = (XFontStruct *)((GdkFontPrivate*)gui.current_font)->xfont;
6164 is_wide = ((xfont->min_byte1 != 0 || xfont->max_byte1 != 0)
6165# ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
6166 && gui.fontset == NOFONTSET
6167# endif
6168 );
6169
6170 if (is_wide)
6171 {
6172 /* Convert a byte sequence to 16 bit characters for the Gdk functions.
6173 * Need a buffer for the 16 bit characters. Keep it between calls,
6174 * because allocating it each time is slow. */
6175 if (buflen < len)
6176 {
6177 XtFree((char *)buf);
6178 buf = (XChar2b *)XtMalloc(len * sizeof(XChar2b));
6179 buflen = len;
6180 }
6181
6182 p = s;
6183 textlen = 0;
6184 width = 0;
6185 while (p < s + len)
6186 {
6187# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6188 if (enc_utf8)
6189 {
Bram Moolenaarfeba08b2009-06-16 13:12:07 +00006190 int pcc[MAX_MCO];
6191
6192 /* TODO: use the composing characters */
Bram Moolenaarb4990bf2010-02-11 18:19:38 +01006193 c = utfc_ptr2char_len(p, pcc, len - (p - s));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006194 if (c >= 0x10000) /* show chars > 0xffff as ? */
6195 c = 0xbf;
6196 buf[textlen].byte1 = c >> 8;
6197 buf[textlen].byte2 = c;
Bram Moolenaarfeba08b2009-06-16 13:12:07 +00006198 p += utfc_ptr2len_len(p, len - (p - s));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006199 width += utf_char2cells(c);
6200 }
6201 else
6202# endif
6203 {
6204 buf[textlen].byte1 = '\0'; /* high eight bits */
6205 buf[textlen].byte2 = *p; /* low eight bits */
6206 ++p;
6207 ++width;
6208 }
6209 ++textlen;
6210 }
6211 text = buf;
6212 textlen = textlen * 2;
6213 }
6214 else
6215 {
6216 text = (XChar2b *)s;
6217 textlen = len;
6218# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6219 if (has_mbyte)
6220 {
6221 width = 0;
Bram Moolenaarfeba08b2009-06-16 13:12:07 +00006222 for (p = s; p < s + len; p += (*mb_ptr2len_len)(p, len - (p - s)))
6223 width += (*mb_ptr2cells_len)(p, len - (p - s));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006224 }
6225 else
6226# endif
6227 width = len;
6228 }
6229
6230 if (!(flags & DRAW_TRANSP))
6231 {
6232 gdk_gc_set_foreground(gui.text_gc, gui.bgcolor);
6233 gdk_draw_rectangle(gui.drawarea->window,
6234 gui.text_gc,
6235 TRUE,
6236 FILL_X(col), FILL_Y(row),
6237 width * gui.char_width, gui.char_height);
6238 }
6239 gdk_gc_set_foreground(gui.text_gc, gui.fgcolor);
6240 gdk_draw_text(gui.drawarea->window,
6241 gui.current_font,
6242 gui.text_gc,
6243 TEXT_X(col), TEXT_Y(row),
6244 (const gchar *)text, textlen);
6245
6246 /* redraw the contents with an offset of 1 to emulate bold */
6247 if (flags & DRAW_BOLD)
6248 gdk_draw_text(gui.drawarea->window,
6249 gui.current_font,
6250 gui.text_gc,
6251 TEXT_X(col) + 1, TEXT_Y(row),
6252 (const gchar *)text, textlen);
6253
Bram Moolenaarf36d3692005-03-15 22:48:14 +00006254 /* Draw underline and undercurl. */
6255 draw_under(flags, row, col, width);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006256}
6257#endif /* !HAVE_GTK2 */
6258
6259/*
6260 * Return OK if the key with the termcap name "name" is supported.
6261 */
6262 int
6263gui_mch_haskey(char_u *name)
6264{
6265 int i;
6266
6267 for (i = 0; special_keys[i].key_sym != 0; i++)
6268 if (name[0] == special_keys[i].code0
6269 && name[1] == special_keys[i].code1)
6270 return OK;
6271 return FAIL;
6272}
6273
6274#if defined(FEAT_TITLE) \
6275 || (defined(FEAT_XIM) && !defined(HAVE_GTK2)) \
6276 || defined(PROTO)
6277/*
6278 * Return the text window-id and display. Only required for X-based GUI's
6279 */
6280 int
6281gui_get_x11_windis(Window *win, Display **dis)
6282{
6283 if (gui.mainwin != NULL && gui.mainwin->window != NULL)
6284 {
6285 *dis = GDK_WINDOW_XDISPLAY(gui.mainwin->window);
6286 *win = GDK_WINDOW_XWINDOW(gui.mainwin->window);
6287 return OK;
6288 }
6289
6290 *dis = NULL;
6291 *win = 0;
6292 return FAIL;
6293}
6294#endif
6295
6296#if defined(FEAT_CLIENTSERVER) \
6297 || (defined(FEAT_X11) && defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD)) || defined(PROTO)
6298
6299 Display *
6300gui_mch_get_display(void)
6301{
6302 if (gui.mainwin != NULL && gui.mainwin->window != NULL)
6303 return GDK_WINDOW_XDISPLAY(gui.mainwin->window);
6304 else
6305 return NULL;
6306}
6307#endif
6308
6309 void
6310gui_mch_beep(void)
6311{
6312#ifdef HAVE_GTK_MULTIHEAD
6313 GdkDisplay *display;
6314
6315 if (gui.mainwin != NULL && GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED(gui.mainwin))
6316 display = gtk_widget_get_display(gui.mainwin);
6317 else
6318 display = gdk_display_get_default();
6319
6320 if (display != NULL)
6321 gdk_display_beep(display);
6322#else
6323 gdk_beep();
6324#endif
6325}
6326
6327 void
6328gui_mch_flash(int msec)
6329{
6330 GdkGCValues values;
6331 GdkGC *invert_gc;
6332
6333 if (gui.drawarea->window == NULL)
6334 return;
6335
6336 values.foreground.pixel = gui.norm_pixel ^ gui.back_pixel;
6337 values.background.pixel = gui.norm_pixel ^ gui.back_pixel;
6338 values.function = GDK_XOR;
6339 invert_gc = gdk_gc_new_with_values(gui.drawarea->window,
6340 &values,
6341 GDK_GC_FOREGROUND |
6342 GDK_GC_BACKGROUND |
6343 GDK_GC_FUNCTION);
6344 gdk_gc_set_exposures(invert_gc,
6345 gui.visibility != GDK_VISIBILITY_UNOBSCURED);
6346 /*
6347 * Do a visual beep by changing back and forth in some undetermined way,
6348 * the foreground and background colors. This is due to the fact that
6349 * there can't be really any prediction about the effects of XOR on
6350 * arbitrary X11 servers. However this seems to be enough for what we
6351 * intend it to do.
6352 */
6353 gdk_draw_rectangle(gui.drawarea->window, invert_gc,
6354 TRUE,
6355 0, 0,
6356 FILL_X((int)Columns) + gui.border_offset,
6357 FILL_Y((int)Rows) + gui.border_offset);
6358
6359 gui_mch_flush();
6360 ui_delay((long)msec, TRUE); /* wait so many msec */
6361
6362 gdk_draw_rectangle(gui.drawarea->window, invert_gc,
6363 TRUE,
6364 0, 0,
6365 FILL_X((int)Columns) + gui.border_offset,
6366 FILL_Y((int)Rows) + gui.border_offset);
6367
6368 gdk_gc_destroy(invert_gc);
6369}
6370
6371/*
6372 * Invert a rectangle from row r, column c, for nr rows and nc columns.
6373 */
6374 void
6375gui_mch_invert_rectangle(int r, int c, int nr, int nc)
6376{
6377 GdkGCValues values;
6378 GdkGC *invert_gc;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006379
6380 if (gui.drawarea->window == NULL)
6381 return;
6382
Bram Moolenaar89d40322006-08-29 15:30:07 +00006383 values.foreground.pixel = gui.norm_pixel ^ gui.back_pixel;
6384 values.background.pixel = gui.norm_pixel ^ gui.back_pixel;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006385 values.function = GDK_XOR;
6386 invert_gc = gdk_gc_new_with_values(gui.drawarea->window,
6387 &values,
6388 GDK_GC_FOREGROUND |
6389 GDK_GC_BACKGROUND |
6390 GDK_GC_FUNCTION);
Bram Moolenaar89d40322006-08-29 15:30:07 +00006391 gdk_gc_set_exposures(invert_gc, gui.visibility !=
6392 GDK_VISIBILITY_UNOBSCURED);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006393 gdk_draw_rectangle(gui.drawarea->window, invert_gc,
6394 TRUE,
6395 FILL_X(c), FILL_Y(r),
6396 (nc) * gui.char_width, (nr) * gui.char_height);
6397 gdk_gc_destroy(invert_gc);
6398}
6399
6400/*
6401 * Iconify the GUI window.
6402 */
6403 void
6404gui_mch_iconify(void)
6405{
6406#ifdef HAVE_GTK2
6407 gtk_window_iconify(GTK_WINDOW(gui.mainwin));
6408#else
6409 XIconifyWindow(GDK_WINDOW_XDISPLAY(gui.mainwin->window),
6410 GDK_WINDOW_XWINDOW(gui.mainwin->window),
6411 DefaultScreen(GDK_WINDOW_XDISPLAY(gui.mainwin->window)));
6412#endif
6413}
6414
6415#if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
6416/*
6417 * Bring the Vim window to the foreground.
6418 */
6419 void
6420gui_mch_set_foreground(void)
6421{
6422# ifdef HAVE_GTK2
6423 gtk_window_present(GTK_WINDOW(gui.mainwin));
6424# else
6425 gdk_window_raise(gui.mainwin->window);
6426# endif
6427}
6428#endif
6429
6430/*
6431 * Draw a cursor without focus.
6432 */
6433 void
6434gui_mch_draw_hollow_cursor(guicolor_T color)
6435{
6436 int i = 1;
6437
6438 if (gui.drawarea->window == NULL)
6439 return;
6440
6441 gui_mch_set_fg_color(color);
6442
6443 gdk_gc_set_foreground(gui.text_gc, gui.fgcolor);
6444#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6445 if (mb_lefthalve(gui.row, gui.col))
6446 i = 2;
6447#endif
6448 gdk_draw_rectangle(gui.drawarea->window, gui.text_gc,
6449 FALSE,
6450 FILL_X(gui.col), FILL_Y(gui.row),
6451 i * gui.char_width - 1, gui.char_height - 1);
6452}
6453
6454/*
6455 * Draw part of a cursor, "w" pixels wide, and "h" pixels high, using
6456 * color "color".
6457 */
6458 void
6459gui_mch_draw_part_cursor(int w, int h, guicolor_T color)
6460{
6461 if (gui.drawarea->window == NULL)
6462 return;
6463
6464 gui_mch_set_fg_color(color);
6465
6466 gdk_gc_set_foreground(gui.text_gc, gui.fgcolor);
6467 gdk_draw_rectangle(gui.drawarea->window, gui.text_gc,
6468 TRUE,
6469#ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
6470 /* vertical line should be on the right of current point */
6471 CURSOR_BAR_RIGHT ? FILL_X(gui.col + 1) - w :
6472#endif
6473 FILL_X(gui.col),
6474 FILL_Y(gui.row) + gui.char_height - h,
6475 w, h);
6476}
6477
6478
6479/*
6480 * Catch up with any queued X11 events. This may put keyboard input into the
6481 * input buffer, call resize call-backs, trigger timers etc. If there is
6482 * nothing in the X11 event queue (& no timers pending), then we return
6483 * immediately.
6484 */
6485 void
6486gui_mch_update(void)
6487{
6488 while (gtk_events_pending() && !vim_is_input_buf_full())
6489 gtk_main_iteration_do(FALSE);
6490}
6491
6492 static gint
6493input_timer_cb(gpointer data)
6494{
6495 int *timed_out = (int *) data;
6496
Bram Moolenaar49325942007-05-10 19:19:59 +00006497 /* Just inform the caller about the occurrence of it */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006498 *timed_out = TRUE;
6499
6500 if (gtk_main_level() > 0)
6501 gtk_main_quit();
6502
6503 return FALSE; /* don't happen again */
6504}
6505
6506#ifdef FEAT_SNIFF
6507/*
6508 * Callback function, used when data is available on the SNiFF connection.
6509 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006510 static void
6511sniff_request_cb(
6512 gpointer data,
6513 gint source_fd,
6514 GdkInputCondition condition)
6515{
6516 static char_u bytes[3] = {CSI, (int)KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_SNIFF};
6517
6518 add_to_input_buf(bytes, 3);
6519
6520 if (gtk_main_level() > 0)
6521 gtk_main_quit();
6522}
6523#endif
6524
6525/*
6526 * GUI input routine called by gui_wait_for_chars(). Waits for a character
6527 * from the keyboard.
6528 * wtime == -1 Wait forever.
6529 * wtime == 0 This should never happen.
6530 * wtime > 0 Wait wtime milliseconds for a character.
6531 * Returns OK if a character was found to be available within the given time,
6532 * or FAIL otherwise.
6533 */
6534 int
6535gui_mch_wait_for_chars(long wtime)
6536{
6537 int focus;
6538 guint timer;
6539 static int timed_out;
6540#ifdef FEAT_SNIFF
6541 static int sniff_on = 0;
6542 static gint sniff_input_id = 0;
6543#endif
6544
6545#ifdef FEAT_SNIFF
6546 if (sniff_on && !want_sniff_request)
6547 {
6548 if (sniff_input_id)
6549 gdk_input_remove(sniff_input_id);
6550 sniff_on = 0;
6551 }
6552 else if (!sniff_on && want_sniff_request)
6553 {
6554 /* Add fd_from_sniff to watch for available data in main loop. */
6555 sniff_input_id = gdk_input_add(fd_from_sniff,
6556 GDK_INPUT_READ, sniff_request_cb, NULL);
6557 sniff_on = 1;
6558 }
6559#endif
6560
6561 timed_out = FALSE;
6562
6563 /* this timeout makes sure that we will return if no characters arrived in
6564 * time */
6565
6566 if (wtime > 0)
6567 timer = gtk_timeout_add((guint32)wtime, input_timer_cb, &timed_out);
6568 else
6569 timer = 0;
6570
6571 focus = gui.in_focus;
6572
6573 do
6574 {
6575 /* Stop or start blinking when focus changes */
6576 if (gui.in_focus != focus)
6577 {
6578 if (gui.in_focus)
6579 gui_mch_start_blink();
6580 else
6581 gui_mch_stop_blink();
6582 focus = gui.in_focus;
6583 }
6584
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00006585#if defined(FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG)
6586 /* Process the queued netbeans messages. */
6587 netbeans_parse_messages();
6588#endif
6589
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006590 /*
6591 * Loop in GTK+ processing until a timeout or input occurs.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00006592 * Skip this if input is available anyway (can happen in rare
6593 * situations, sort of race condition).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006594 */
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00006595 if (!input_available())
6596 gtk_main();
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006597
6598 /* Got char, return immediately */
6599 if (input_available())
6600 {
6601 if (timer != 0 && !timed_out)
6602 gtk_timeout_remove(timer);
6603 return OK;
6604 }
6605 } while (wtime < 0 || !timed_out);
6606
6607 /*
6608 * Flush all eventually pending (drawing) events.
6609 */
6610 gui_mch_update();
6611
6612 return FAIL;
6613}
6614
6615
6616/****************************************************************************
6617 * Output drawing routines.
6618 ****************************************************************************/
6619
6620
6621/* Flush any output to the screen */
6622 void
6623gui_mch_flush(void)
6624{
6625#ifdef HAVE_GTK_MULTIHEAD
6626 if (gui.mainwin != NULL && GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED(gui.mainwin))
6627 gdk_display_sync(gtk_widget_get_display(gui.mainwin));
6628#else
6629 gdk_flush(); /* historical misnomer: calls XSync(), not XFlush() */
6630#endif
6631#ifdef HAVE_GTK2
6632 /* This happens to actually do what gui_mch_flush() is supposed to do,
6633 * according to the comment above. */
6634 if (gui.drawarea != NULL && gui.drawarea->window != NULL)
6635 gdk_window_process_updates(gui.drawarea->window, FALSE);
6636#endif
6637}
6638
6639/*
6640 * Clear a rectangular region of the screen from text pos (row1, col1) to
6641 * (row2, col2) inclusive.
6642 */
6643 void
6644gui_mch_clear_block(int row1, int col1, int row2, int col2)
6645{
6646 GdkColor color;
6647
6648 if (gui.drawarea->window == NULL)
6649 return;
6650
6651 color.pixel = gui.back_pixel;
6652
6653 gdk_gc_set_foreground(gui.text_gc, &color);
6654
6655 /* Clear one extra pixel at the far right, for when bold characters have
6656 * spilled over to the window border. */
6657 gdk_draw_rectangle(gui.drawarea->window, gui.text_gc, TRUE,
6658 FILL_X(col1), FILL_Y(row1),
6659 (col2 - col1 + 1) * gui.char_width
6660 + (col2 == Columns - 1),
6661 (row2 - row1 + 1) * gui.char_height);
6662}
6663
6664 void
6665gui_mch_clear_all(void)
6666{
6667 if (gui.drawarea->window != NULL)
6668 gdk_window_clear(gui.drawarea->window);
6669}
6670
6671/*
6672 * Redraw any text revealed by scrolling up/down.
6673 */
6674 static void
6675check_copy_area(void)
6676{
6677 GdkEvent *event;
6678 int expose_count;
6679
6680 if (gui.visibility != GDK_VISIBILITY_PARTIAL)
6681 return;
6682
6683 /* Avoid redrawing the cursor while scrolling or it'll end up where
6684 * we don't want it to be. I'm not sure if it's correct to call
6685 * gui_dont_update_cursor() at this point but it works as a quick
6686 * fix for now. */
6687 gui_dont_update_cursor();
6688
6689 do
6690 {
6691 /* Wait to check whether the scroll worked or not. */
6692 event = gdk_event_get_graphics_expose(gui.drawarea->window);
6693
6694 if (event == NULL)
6695 break; /* received NoExpose event */
6696
6697 gui_redraw(event->expose.area.x, event->expose.area.y,
6698 event->expose.area.width, event->expose.area.height);
6699
6700 expose_count = event->expose.count;
6701 gdk_event_free(event);
6702 }
6703 while (expose_count > 0); /* more events follow */
6704
6705 gui_can_update_cursor();
6706}
6707
6708/*
6709 * Delete the given number of lines from the given row, scrolling up any
6710 * text further down within the scroll region.
6711 */
6712 void
6713gui_mch_delete_lines(int row, int num_lines)
6714{
6715 if (gui.visibility == GDK_VISIBILITY_FULLY_OBSCURED)
6716 return; /* Can't see the window */
6717
6718 gdk_gc_set_foreground(gui.text_gc, gui.fgcolor);
6719 gdk_gc_set_background(gui.text_gc, gui.bgcolor);
6720
6721 /* copy one extra pixel, for when bold has spilled over */
6722 gdk_window_copy_area(gui.drawarea->window, gui.text_gc,
6723 FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_left), FILL_Y(row),
6724 gui.drawarea->window,
6725 FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_left),
6726 FILL_Y(row + num_lines),
6727 gui.char_width * (gui.scroll_region_right
6728 - gui.scroll_region_left + 1) + 1,
6729 gui.char_height * (gui.scroll_region_bot - row - num_lines + 1));
6730
6731 gui_clear_block(gui.scroll_region_bot - num_lines + 1,
6732 gui.scroll_region_left,
6733 gui.scroll_region_bot, gui.scroll_region_right);
6734 check_copy_area();
6735}
6736
6737/*
6738 * Insert the given number of lines before the given row, scrolling down any
6739 * following text within the scroll region.
6740 */
6741 void
6742gui_mch_insert_lines(int row, int num_lines)
6743{
6744 if (gui.visibility == GDK_VISIBILITY_FULLY_OBSCURED)
6745 return; /* Can't see the window */
6746
6747 gdk_gc_set_foreground(gui.text_gc, gui.fgcolor);
6748 gdk_gc_set_background(gui.text_gc, gui.bgcolor);
6749
6750 /* copy one extra pixel, for when bold has spilled over */
6751 gdk_window_copy_area(gui.drawarea->window, gui.text_gc,
6752 FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_left), FILL_Y(row + num_lines),
6753 gui.drawarea->window,
6754 FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_left), FILL_Y(row),
6755 gui.char_width * (gui.scroll_region_right
6756 - gui.scroll_region_left + 1) + 1,
6757 gui.char_height * (gui.scroll_region_bot - row - num_lines + 1));
6758
6759 gui_clear_block(row, gui.scroll_region_left,
6760 row + num_lines - 1, gui.scroll_region_right);
6761 check_copy_area();
6762}
6763
6764/*
6765 * X Selection stuff, for cutting and pasting text to other windows.
6766 */
6767 void
6768clip_mch_request_selection(VimClipboard *cbd)
6769{
6770 GdkAtom target;
6771 unsigned i;
Bram Moolenaar51b5ab92008-01-06 14:17:07 +00006772 time_t start;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006773
6774 for (i = 0; i < N_SELECTION_TARGETS; ++i)
6775 {
Bram Moolenaar3a6eaa52009-06-16 13:23:06 +00006776#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6777 if (!clip_html && selection_targets[i].info == TARGET_HTML)
6778 continue;
6779#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006780 received_selection = RS_NONE;
6781 target = gdk_atom_intern(selection_targets[i].target, FALSE);
6782
6783 gtk_selection_convert(gui.drawarea,
6784 cbd->gtk_sel_atom, target,
6785 (guint32)GDK_CURRENT_TIME);
6786
Bram Moolenaar51b5ab92008-01-06 14:17:07 +00006787 /* Hack: Wait up to three seconds for the selection. A hang was
6788 * noticed here when using the netrw plugin combined with ":gui"
6789 * during the FocusGained event. */
6790 start = time(NULL);
6791 while (received_selection == RS_NONE && time(NULL) < start + 3)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006792 gtk_main(); /* wait for selection_received_cb */
6793
6794 if (received_selection != RS_FAIL)
6795 return;
6796 }
6797
6798 /* Final fallback position - use the X CUT_BUFFER0 store */
Bram Moolenaarbbc936b2009-07-01 16:04:58 +00006799 yank_cut_buffer0(GDK_WINDOW_XDISPLAY(gui.mainwin->window), cbd);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006800}
6801
6802/*
6803 * Disown the selection.
6804 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006805 void
Bram Moolenaarb85cb212009-05-17 14:24:23 +00006806clip_mch_lose_selection(VimClipboard *cbd UNUSED)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006807{
6808 /* WEIRD: when using NULL to actually disown the selection, we lose the
6809 * selection the first time we own it. */
6810 /*
6811 gtk_selection_owner_set(NULL, cbd->gtk_sel_atom, (guint32)GDK_CURRENT_TIME);
6812 gui_mch_update();
6813 */
6814}
6815
6816/*
6817 * Own the selection and return OK if it worked.
6818 */
6819 int
6820clip_mch_own_selection(VimClipboard *cbd)
6821{
6822 int success;
6823
6824 success = gtk_selection_owner_set(gui.drawarea, cbd->gtk_sel_atom,
6825 (guint32)GDK_CURRENT_TIME);
6826 gui_mch_update();
6827 return (success) ? OK : FAIL;
6828}
6829
6830/*
6831 * Send the current selection to the clipboard. Do nothing for X because we
6832 * will fill in the selection only when requested by another app.
6833 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006834 void
Bram Moolenaarb85cb212009-05-17 14:24:23 +00006835clip_mch_set_selection(VimClipboard *cbd UNUSED)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006836{
6837}
6838
6839
6840#if defined(FEAT_MENU) || defined(PROTO)
6841/*
6842 * Make a menu item appear either active or not active (grey or not grey).
6843 */
6844 void
6845gui_mch_menu_grey(vimmenu_T *menu, int grey)
6846{
6847 if (menu->id == NULL)
6848 return;
6849
6850 if (menu_is_separator(menu->name))
6851 grey = TRUE;
6852
6853 gui_mch_menu_hidden(menu, FALSE);
6854 /* Be clever about bitfields versus true booleans here! */
6855 if (!GTK_WIDGET_SENSITIVE(menu->id) == !grey)
6856 {
6857 gtk_widget_set_sensitive(menu->id, !grey);
6858 gui_mch_update();
6859 }
6860}
6861
6862/*
6863 * Make menu item hidden or not hidden.
6864 */
6865 void
6866gui_mch_menu_hidden(vimmenu_T *menu, int hidden)
6867{
6868 if (menu->id == 0)
6869 return;
6870
6871 if (hidden)
6872 {
6873 if (GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE(menu->id))
6874 {
6875 gtk_widget_hide(menu->id);
6876 gui_mch_update();
6877 }
6878 }
6879 else
6880 {
6881 if (!GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE(menu->id))
6882 {
6883 gtk_widget_show(menu->id);
6884 gui_mch_update();
6885 }
6886 }
6887}
6888
6889/*
6890 * This is called after setting all the menus to grey/hidden or not.
6891 */
6892 void
6893gui_mch_draw_menubar(void)
6894{
6895 /* just make sure that the visual changes get effect immediately */
6896 gui_mch_update();
6897}
6898#endif /* FEAT_MENU */
6899
6900/*
6901 * Scrollbar stuff.
6902 */
6903 void
6904gui_mch_enable_scrollbar(scrollbar_T *sb, int flag)
6905{
6906 if (sb->id == NULL)
6907 return;
6908
6909 if (flag)
6910 gtk_widget_show(sb->id);
6911 else
6912 gtk_widget_hide(sb->id);
6913
Bram Moolenaarb3656ed2006-03-20 21:59:49 +00006914 update_window_manager_hints(0, 0);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006915}
6916
6917
6918/*
6919 * Return the RGB value of a pixel as long.
6920 */
6921 long_u
6922gui_mch_get_rgb(guicolor_T pixel)
6923{
6924 GdkColor color;
6925#ifndef HAVE_GTK2
6926 GdkColorContext *cc;
6927
6928 cc = gdk_color_context_new(gtk_widget_get_visual(gui.drawarea),
6929 gtk_widget_get_colormap(gui.drawarea));
6930 color.pixel = pixel;
6931 gdk_color_context_query_color(cc, &color);
6932
6933 gdk_color_context_free(cc);
6934#else
6935 gdk_colormap_query_color(gtk_widget_get_colormap(gui.drawarea),
6936 (unsigned long)pixel, &color);
6937#endif
6938
6939 return (((unsigned)color.red & 0xff00) << 8)
6940 | ((unsigned)color.green & 0xff00)
6941 | (((unsigned)color.blue & 0xff00) >> 8);
6942}
6943
6944/*
Bram Moolenaar6cc16192005-01-08 21:49:45 +00006945 * Get current mouse coordinates in text window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006946 */
Bram Moolenaar6cc16192005-01-08 21:49:45 +00006947 void
6948gui_mch_getmouse(int *x, int *y)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006949{
Bram Moolenaar6cc16192005-01-08 21:49:45 +00006950 gdk_window_get_pointer(gui.drawarea->window, x, y, NULL);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006951}
6952
6953 void
6954gui_mch_setmouse(int x, int y)
6955{
6956 /* Sorry for the Xlib call, but we can't avoid it, since there is no
6957 * internal GDK mechanism present to accomplish this. (and for good
6958 * reason...) */
6959 XWarpPointer(GDK_WINDOW_XDISPLAY(gui.drawarea->window),
6960 (Window)0, GDK_WINDOW_XWINDOW(gui.drawarea->window),
6961 0, 0, 0U, 0U, x, y);
6962}
6963
6964
6965#ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE
6966/* The last set mouse pointer shape is remembered, to be used when it goes
6967 * from hidden to not hidden. */
6968static int last_shape = 0;
6969#endif
6970
6971/*
6972 * Use the blank mouse pointer or not.
6973 *
6974 * hide: TRUE = use blank ptr, FALSE = use parent ptr
6975 */
6976 void
6977gui_mch_mousehide(int hide)
6978{
6979 if (gui.pointer_hidden != hide)
6980 {
6981 gui.pointer_hidden = hide;
6982 if (gui.drawarea->window && gui.blank_pointer != NULL)
6983 {
6984 if (hide)
6985 gdk_window_set_cursor(gui.drawarea->window, gui.blank_pointer);
6986 else
6987#ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE
6988 mch_set_mouse_shape(last_shape);
6989#else
6990 gdk_window_set_cursor(gui.drawarea->window, NULL);
6991#endif
6992 }
6993 }
6994}
6995
6996#if defined(FEAT_MOUSESHAPE) || defined(PROTO)
6997
6998/* Table for shape IDs. Keep in sync with the mshape_names[] table in
6999 * misc2.c! */
7000static const int mshape_ids[] =
7001{
7002 GDK_LEFT_PTR, /* arrow */
7003 GDK_CURSOR_IS_PIXMAP, /* blank */
7004 GDK_XTERM, /* beam */
7005 GDK_SB_V_DOUBLE_ARROW, /* updown */
7006 GDK_SIZING, /* udsizing */
7007 GDK_SB_H_DOUBLE_ARROW, /* leftright */
7008 GDK_SIZING, /* lrsizing */
7009 GDK_WATCH, /* busy */
7010 GDK_X_CURSOR, /* no */
7011 GDK_CROSSHAIR, /* crosshair */
7012 GDK_HAND1, /* hand1 */
7013 GDK_HAND2, /* hand2 */
7014 GDK_PENCIL, /* pencil */
7015 GDK_QUESTION_ARROW, /* question */
7016 GDK_RIGHT_PTR, /* right-arrow */
7017 GDK_CENTER_PTR, /* up-arrow */
7018 GDK_LEFT_PTR /* last one */
7019};
7020
7021 void
7022mch_set_mouse_shape(int shape)
7023{
7024 int id;
7025 GdkCursor *c;
7026
7027 if (gui.drawarea->window == NULL)
7028 return;
7029
7030 if (shape == MSHAPE_HIDE || gui.pointer_hidden)
7031 gdk_window_set_cursor(gui.drawarea->window, gui.blank_pointer);
7032 else
7033 {
7034 if (shape >= MSHAPE_NUMBERED)
7035 {
7036 id = shape - MSHAPE_NUMBERED;
7037 if (id >= GDK_LAST_CURSOR)
7038 id = GDK_LEFT_PTR;
7039 else
7040 id &= ~1; /* they are always even (why?) */
7041 }
Bram Moolenaarb85cb212009-05-17 14:24:23 +00007042 else if (shape < (int)(sizeof(mshape_ids) / sizeof(int)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007043 id = mshape_ids[shape];
Bram Moolenaarf9393ef2006-04-24 19:47:27 +00007044 else
7045 return;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007046# ifdef HAVE_GTK_MULTIHEAD
7047 c = gdk_cursor_new_for_display(
Bram Moolenaarb71ec9f2005-01-25 22:22:02 +00007048 gtk_widget_get_display(gui.drawarea), (GdkCursorType)id);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007049# else
Bram Moolenaarb71ec9f2005-01-25 22:22:02 +00007050 c = gdk_cursor_new((GdkCursorType)id);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007051# endif
7052 gdk_window_set_cursor(gui.drawarea->window, c);
7053 gdk_cursor_destroy(c); /* Unref, actually. Bloody GTK+ 1. */
7054 }
7055 if (shape != MSHAPE_HIDE)
7056 last_shape = shape;
7057}
7058#endif /* FEAT_MOUSESHAPE */
7059
7060
7061#if defined(FEAT_SIGN_ICONS) || defined(PROTO)
7062/*
7063 * Signs are currently always 2 chars wide. With GTK+ 2, the image will be
7064 * scaled down if the current font is not big enough, or scaled up if the image
7065 * size is less than 3/4 of the maximum sign size. With GTK+ 1, the pixmap
7066 * will be cut off if the current font is not big enough, or centered if it's
7067 * too small.
7068 */
7069# define SIGN_WIDTH (2 * gui.char_width)
7070# define SIGN_HEIGHT (gui.char_height)
7071# define SIGN_ASPECT ((double)SIGN_HEIGHT / (double)SIGN_WIDTH)
7072
7073# ifdef HAVE_GTK2
7074
7075 void
7076gui_mch_drawsign(int row, int col, int typenr)
7077{
7078 GdkPixbuf *sign;
7079
7080 sign = (GdkPixbuf *)sign_get_image(typenr);
7081
7082 if (sign != NULL && gui.drawarea != NULL && gui.drawarea->window != NULL)
7083 {
7084 int width;
7085 int height;
7086 int xoffset;
7087 int yoffset;
7088 int need_scale;
7089
7090 width = gdk_pixbuf_get_width(sign);
7091 height = gdk_pixbuf_get_height(sign);
7092 /*
7093 * Decide whether we need to scale. Allow one pixel of border
7094 * width to be cut off, in order to avoid excessive scaling for
7095 * tiny differences in font size.
7096 */
7097 need_scale = (width > SIGN_WIDTH + 2
7098 || height > SIGN_HEIGHT + 2
7099 || (width < 3 * SIGN_WIDTH / 4
7100 && height < 3 * SIGN_HEIGHT / 4));
7101 if (need_scale)
7102 {
7103 double aspect;
7104
7105 /* Keep the original aspect ratio */
7106 aspect = (double)height / (double)width;
7107 width = (double)SIGN_WIDTH * SIGN_ASPECT / aspect;
7108 width = MIN(width, SIGN_WIDTH);
7109 height = (double)width * aspect;
7110
7111 /* This doesn't seem to be worth caching, and doing so
7112 * would complicate the code quite a bit. */
7113 sign = gdk_pixbuf_scale_simple(sign, width, height,
7114 GDK_INTERP_BILINEAR);
7115 if (sign == NULL)
7116 return; /* out of memory */
7117 }
7118
7119 /* The origin is the upper-left corner of the pixmap. Therefore
7120 * these offset may become negative if the pixmap is smaller than
7121 * the 2x1 cells reserved for the sign icon. */
7122 xoffset = (width - SIGN_WIDTH) / 2;
7123 yoffset = (height - SIGN_HEIGHT) / 2;
7124
7125 gdk_gc_set_foreground(gui.text_gc, gui.bgcolor);
7126
7127 gdk_draw_rectangle(gui.drawarea->window,
7128 gui.text_gc,
7129 TRUE,
7130 FILL_X(col),
7131 FILL_Y(row),
7132 SIGN_WIDTH,
7133 SIGN_HEIGHT);
7134
7135# if GTK_CHECK_VERSION(2,1,1)
7136 gdk_draw_pixbuf(gui.drawarea->window,
7137 NULL,
7138 sign,
7139 MAX(0, xoffset),
7140 MAX(0, yoffset),
7141 FILL_X(col) - MIN(0, xoffset),
7142 FILL_Y(row) - MIN(0, yoffset),
7143 MIN(width, SIGN_WIDTH),
7144 MIN(height, SIGN_HEIGHT),
7145 GDK_RGB_DITHER_NORMAL,
7146 0, 0);
7147# else
7148 gdk_pixbuf_render_to_drawable_alpha(sign,
7149 gui.drawarea->window,
7150 MAX(0, xoffset),
7151 MAX(0, yoffset),
7152 FILL_X(col) - MIN(0, xoffset),
7153 FILL_Y(row) - MIN(0, yoffset),
7154 MIN(width, SIGN_WIDTH),
7155 MIN(height, SIGN_HEIGHT),
7156 GDK_PIXBUF_ALPHA_BILEVEL,
7157 127,
7158 GDK_RGB_DITHER_NORMAL,
7159 0, 0);
7160# endif
7161 if (need_scale)
7162 g_object_unref(sign);
7163 }
7164}
7165
7166 void *
7167gui_mch_register_sign(char_u *signfile)
7168{
7169 if (signfile[0] != NUL && signfile[0] != '-' && gui.in_use)
7170 {
7171 GdkPixbuf *sign;
7172 GError *error = NULL;
7173 char_u *message;
7174
7175 sign = gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file((const char *)signfile, &error);
7176
7177 if (error == NULL)
7178 return sign;
7179
7180 message = (char_u *)error->message;
7181
7182 if (message != NULL && input_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
7183 message = string_convert(&input_conv, message, NULL);
7184
7185 if (message != NULL)
7186 {
7187 /* The error message is already translated and will be more
7188 * descriptive than anything we could possibly do ourselves. */
7189 EMSG2("E255: %s", message);
7190
7191 if (input_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
7192 vim_free(message);
7193 }
7194 g_error_free(error);
7195 }
7196
7197 return NULL;
7198}
7199
7200 void
7201gui_mch_destroy_sign(void *sign)
7202{
7203 if (sign != NULL)
7204 g_object_unref(sign);
7205}
7206
7207# else /* !HAVE_GTK2 */
7208
7209typedef struct
7210{
7211 GdkPixmap *pixmap;
7212 GdkBitmap *mask;
7213}
7214signicon_T;
7215
7216 void
7217gui_mch_drawsign(int row, int col, int typenr)
7218{
7219 signicon_T *sign;
7220
7221 sign = (signicon_T *)sign_get_image(typenr);
7222
7223 if (sign != NULL && sign->pixmap != NULL
7224 && gui.drawarea != NULL && gui.drawarea->window != NULL)
7225 {
7226 int width;
7227 int height;
7228 int xoffset;
7229 int yoffset;
7230
7231 gdk_window_get_size(sign->pixmap, &width, &height);
7232
7233 /* The origin is the upper-left corner of the pixmap. Therefore
7234 * these offset may become negative if the pixmap is smaller than
7235 * the 2x1 cells reserved for the sign icon. */
7236 xoffset = (width - SIGN_WIDTH) / 2;
7237 yoffset = (height - SIGN_HEIGHT) / 2;
7238
7239 gdk_gc_set_foreground(gui.text_gc, gui.bgcolor);
7240
7241 gdk_draw_rectangle(gui.drawarea->window,
7242 gui.text_gc,
7243 TRUE,
7244 FILL_X(col),
7245 FILL_Y(row),
7246 SIGN_WIDTH,
7247 SIGN_HEIGHT);
7248
7249 /* Set the clip mask for bilevel transparency */
7250 if (sign->mask != NULL)
7251 {
7252 gdk_gc_set_clip_origin(gui.text_gc,
7253 FILL_X(col) - xoffset,
7254 FILL_Y(row) - yoffset);
7255 gdk_gc_set_clip_mask(gui.text_gc, sign->mask);
7256 }
7257
7258 gdk_draw_pixmap(gui.drawarea->window,
7259 gui.text_gc,
7260 sign->pixmap,
7261 MAX(0, xoffset),
7262 MAX(0, yoffset),
7263 FILL_X(col) - MIN(0, xoffset),
7264 FILL_Y(row) - MIN(0, yoffset),
7265 MIN(width, SIGN_WIDTH),
7266 MIN(height, SIGN_HEIGHT));
7267
7268 gdk_gc_set_clip_mask(gui.text_gc, NULL);
7269 }
7270}
7271
7272 void *
7273gui_mch_register_sign(char_u *signfile)
7274{
7275 signicon_T *sign = NULL;
7276
7277 if (signfile[0] != NUL && signfile[0] != '-'
7278 && gui.drawarea != NULL && gui.drawarea->window != NULL)
7279 {
7280 sign = (signicon_T *)alloc(sizeof(signicon_T));
7281
7282 if (sign != NULL) /* NULL == OOM == "cannot really happen" */
7283 {
7284 sign->mask = NULL;
7285 sign->pixmap = gdk_pixmap_colormap_create_from_xpm(
7286 gui.drawarea->window, NULL,
7287 &sign->mask, NULL,
7288 (const char *)signfile);
7289
7290 if (sign->pixmap == NULL)
7291 {
7292 vim_free(sign);
7293 sign = NULL;
7294 EMSG(_(e_signdata));
7295 }
7296 }
7297 }
7298 return sign;
7299}
7300
7301 void
7302gui_mch_destroy_sign(void *sign)
7303{
7304 if (sign != NULL)
7305 {
7306 signicon_T *signicon = (signicon_T *)sign;
7307
7308 if (signicon->pixmap != NULL)
7309 gdk_pixmap_unref(signicon->pixmap);
7310 if (signicon->mask != NULL)
7311 gdk_bitmap_unref(signicon->mask);
7312
7313 vim_free(signicon);
7314 }
7315}
7316# endif /* !HAVE_GTK2 */
7317
7318#endif /* FEAT_SIGN_ICONS */